********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not...
Transcript of ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not...
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding
UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 23 00
GYPSUM PLASTERING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for interior and exterior plaster work.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Gypsum plaster refers to interior work.
Stucco refers to cement plaster used on the building
exterior. Indicate on the project drawings the
extent and location of the work to be accomplished,
and the type of plaster required.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specification requirements of a one-coat
system are Portland cement plaster with a sand float
finish applied to concrete masonry units and concrete
surfaces.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This specification is for unrestrained stucco
and plaster systems. Design and detail the cold-
formed metal framing (Section 05 40 00 - COLD-FORMED
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 2
METAL FRAMING), lathing (Section 09 22 36 - LATH),
and (Section 09 22 00 - SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND
GYPSUM BOARD) to provide an unrestrained system.
Also design and detail sleeve and caulking for fire
sprinkler, electrical, and mechanical penetrations to
avoid transferring structural or vibrational loads
from these systems to the plaster panels.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For terminology on gypsum plaster, refer to
latest edition of Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)
Manual by Portland Cement Association and ASTM C11
Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related
Building Materials and Systems.
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C206 (2014) Standard Specification for Finishing
Hydrated Lime
ASTM C28/C28M (2010) Gypsum Plasters
ASTM C35 (2001; R 2014) Inorganic Aggregates for Use
in Gypsum Plaster
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 3
ASTM C472 (1999; R 2014) Physical Testing of Gypsum,
Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete
ASTM C59/C59M (2000; R 2011) Gypsum Casting Plaster and
Gypsum Molding Plaster
ASTM C61/C61M (2000; R 2011) Gypsum Keene's Cement
ASTM C631 (2009; R 2014) Bonding Compounds for Interior
Gypsum Plastering
ASTM C842 (2005; E 2010; R 2010) Application of
Interior Gypsum Plaster
ASTM E1042 (2002; R 2014) Acoustically Absorptive
Materials Applied by Trowel or Spray
FM GLOBAL (FM)
FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide
http://www.approvalguide.com/
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 4
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control
approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Request for samples as noted below only where
walls are textured.
***************************************************************************
SD-03 Product Data
Gypsum Base Coat Plaster
Gypsum Finish Coat Plaster
SD-04 Samples
Sample Panel; G[, [_____]]
Submit four 900 mm (36 inch) square panels of varying texture for
the Contracting Officer's approval.
Gypsum Plaster Full Size Sample; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Ready-Mix Gypsum Plaster
[Acoustical Plaster Finish
] Submit manufacturer's printed mixing instructions for ready-mix
plaster[ and acoustical plaster finish].
[1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.3.1 Sample Panels
Erect sample panel at the building site, or as otherwise directed. Finished
gypsum plaster work must match the approved sample panel.
]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 5
Deliver manufactured materials in the manufacturers' original unbroken
packages or containers which are labeled plainly with the manufacturers'
names and brands. Keep cementitious materials dry and stored off the
ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces
until ready for use. Keep materials wrapped and separate from off-gassing
materials, such as paints and adhesives. Do not use materials that have
visible moisture or biological growth.
1.5 GYPSUM PLASTER FULL SIZE SAMPLE
After selection of an acceptable texture, construct a sample [panel] [wall]
separate from the building, minimum size of [2400] [_____] mm ([8] [_____]
ft)in height, by [2400] [_____] mm ([8] [_____] ft) in length, using 150
mm(6 inch) metal studs, and gypsum board, metal lath and gypsum plaster.
The sample wall must show all aspects of gypsum plaster work, including but
not limited to, expansion joints, control joints, corner extrusions,[
[electrical][ mechanical][ and][ fire sprinkler] penetration[s]] and casing
beads. A sample of a control joint and extrusion butt joint must also be
incorporated into the sample wall. Finish work must match the approved
sample panel.[ Divide the panel into four equal quadrants with the
expansion and control joints to show each phase of work, lath, scratch coat,
brown coat, and finish coats.] Provide and protect the sample wall from
damage during the length of the contract.
1.6 SCHEDULING AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Commence application only after the area scheduled for gypsum plastering
work is completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-
conditioning systems must be complete and in operation prior to application
of the plaster. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before veneer
plastering is begun, the plastering may proceed in accordance with an
approved plan to maintain the environmental requirements specified below.
Apply plaster prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic
ceiling.
1.6.1 Environmental Requirements
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Gypsum plaster is a very thin coating that
will be adversely affected by extreme of non-uniform
drying conditions and by rapid changes in
temperature. It should not be used in spaces where
adequate environmental control cannot be obtained.
***************************************************************************
Do not expose the gypsum base to excessive sunlight prior to plaster
application, as bond failure of the plaster may result. Maintain a
continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F)
and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for at least one week prior to
the application of veneer plaster, while the plastering is being done, and
for at least one week after the plaster is set. Shield air supply and
distribution devices to prevent any uneven flow of air across the plastered
surfaces. Provide ventilation to exhaust moist air to the outside during
plaster application, set, and until plaster is dry. In glazed areas, keep
windows open top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches).
Openings can be reduced in cold weather. For enclosed areas lacking natural
ventilation, provide temporary mechanical means for ventilation. In
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 6
unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or temperature differentials from
day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F) or more, screen openings with
cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid drying. During periods of
low indoor humidity, provide minimum air circulation following plastering
and until plaster is dry.
[1.7 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details
must follow the tested and approved designs. The
addition of gypsum plaster to an approved gypsum
wallboard design will improve the fire-resistive
properties of the partitions. Tested and approved
designs are published by gypsum wallboard
manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and Factory
Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum Association
Fire Resistance Design Manual.
***************************************************************************
Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per
UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.
]PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
Conform to the specifications, standards, and requirements specified herein.
Provide asbestos-free materials.
2.2 GYPSUM BASE COAT PLASTER
[2.2.1 Gypsum Neat Plaster Base Coat
ASTM C28/C28M.
][2.2.2 Gypsum Ready-Mixed Plaster Base Coat
ASTM C28/C28M.
][2.2.3 Gypsum Wood-Fibered Plaster Base Coat
ASTM C28/C28M.
][2.2.4 High Strength Gypsum Plaster Base Coat
ASTM C28/C28M, gypsum neat plaster, except plaster must have a compressive
strength of not less than 17.25 MPa (2,500 psi), when tested dry in
accordance with ASTM C472.
]2.3 GYPSUM FINISH COAT PLASTER
[2.3.1 Gypsum Gauging Plaster Finish Coat
ASTM C28/C28M.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 7
][2.3.2 High Strength Gypsum Gauging Plaster Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: High strength gauging plaster, when blended
with finish lime-putty, produces a finish plaster
with controlled set, early hardness and strength, and
resistance to shrinkage cracks.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C28/C28M, gypsum gauging plaster, except plaster must have a
compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in
accordance with ASTM C472.
][2.3.3 Gypsum Molding Plaster for Ornamental Plaster
ASTM C59/C59M.
][2.3.4 Keene's Cement Finish Coat
ASTM C61/C61M.
][2.3.5 Acoustical Plaster Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Selected type and grade of plaster to provide
the required acoustical characteristics. Acoustical
plaster is not recommended for use in places where
heavy abrasion and rough usage is expected.
***************************************************************************
ASTM E1042 Type [I,] [II,] Class A, noncombustible.
]2.4 HYDRATED LIME
ASTM C206, Type S.
2.5 AGGREGATES
2.5.1 Sand for Gypsum Base Coats
ASTM C35.
Sand Gradation: Percentage retained by weight (plus or minus 2
percent) on each sieve.
Sieve Size Maximum Minimum
No. 4 [4760 microns] 0 0
No. 8 [2380 microns] 5 0
No. 16 [1190 microns] 30 5
No. 30 [ 590 microns] 65 30
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 8
Sieve Size Maximum Minimum
No. 50 [ 300 microns] 95 65
No. 100 [ 150 microns] 100 90
2.5.2 Sand for Gypsum Sand Float Finish
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Aggregates for finish-coat plaster should be
less than No. 16 sieve size. Larger sizes may be
added for finish appearance purposes. Select sieve
number that will provide the desired texture. Float
texture is governed by maximum sieve sizes of sand.
Sieve sizes of 20 to 30 provide a fine float finish
and 16 to 20 provide a coarse finish.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C842.
Sand Gradation: Percentage retained by weight (plus or minus 2
percent) on each sieve.
Sieve Size Maximum Minimum
No. 20 [850 microns] 0
No. 30 [590 microns] 0.5
No. 100 [150 microns] 100 40
No. 200 [ 75 microns] 100 70
2.5.3 Lightweight Aggregates, Perlite or Vermiculite for Gypsum Base Coat
ASTM C35.
2.5.4 Silica Sand or Perlite Fines
For use in lime-putty gypsum-gauged finish, aggregated white coat, must have
the following gradation: 10 percent maximum retained on a No. 30 sieve (590
microns), 4 percent minimum and 70 percent maximum retained on a No. 100
sieve (150 microns), and 70 percent minimum and 100 percent maximum retained
on No. 200 sieve (75 microns).
2.6 WATER
Use only potable water, free of mineral and organic substances that affect
the hardening and durability of the plaster or stucco.
2.7 PROPORTIONING
Unless specified otherwise, materials are specified on a volume basis and
must be measured in approved containers, to ensure that the specified
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 9
proportions will be controlled and accurately maintained during the progress
of the work. Measuring materials with shovels (shovel count) is not be
permitted. Prepare ready-mix gypsum plaster for use by the addition of
water only.
2.7.1 Gypsum Base Coat Plaster
***************************************************************************
NOTE: List all conditions where sand or lightweight
aggregate should not be used.
***************************************************************************
Use of sand or lightweight aggregate is optional in gypsum plaster
basecoats, except provide (1) sand for Keene's cement and high strength
gypsum-gauged finish coats; (2) lightweight aggregate when necessary for a
required fire resistance rating [; and (3) [_____]].
2.7.1.1 Sand and Gypsum Plaster Base Coat
Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster
to not more than 56 liter (2 cu ft) of damp loose sand; mix brown coat in
the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster to not more than 85
liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand; or scratch and brown coats may both be
mixed in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster to not more
than 70 liter (2-1/2 cubic feet) of damp loose sand.[ Mix the basecoats for
double-up work in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster
to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of damp loose sand on gypsum lath][
and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand on masonry].]
2.7.1.2 Lightweight Aggregate and Gypsum Plaster Base Coat
Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster
to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on gypsum
lath,][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on
masonry]. Mix brown coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat
plaster to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on
gypsum lath][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of light weight
aggregate on masonry]. Where plaster thickness exceeds 25 mm (one inch),
the aggregate proportion may be increased to 85 liter (3 cu ft). [Mix the
basecoats in two-coat double-up work in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of
gypsum neat plaster to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight
aggregate on gypsum lath][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of
lightweight aggregate on masonry]]. Gypsum ready-mixed plaster with perlite
aggregate may be provided in lieu of field-mixed lightweight aggregate and
gypsum plaster, provided the specified proportion of aggregate to plaster
does not exceed the proportion specified for field-mixed plaster.
2.7.1.3 Sand and Wood Fibered Gypsum Plaster Base Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Because of its higher cost, specify wood-
fibered gypsum plaster only when needed; e.g., for
fireproofing.
***************************************************************************
Mix basecoats in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of wood-fibered gypsum
plaster to not more than 28 liter (one cu ft) of damp loose sand.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 10
2.7.1.4 Sand and High-Strength Gypsum Plaster Base Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify high strength gypsum plaster base
coat only where needed to withstand heavy abuse;
e.g., hospital corridors, handball courts, etc.
***************************************************************************
Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of high strength gypsum
base coat plaster to not more than 56 liter (2 cu ft) of damp loose sand.
Mix brown coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of high strength gypsum
basecoat plaster to not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand.
2.7.2 Gypsum Plaster Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Do not use gypsum plaster in areas where the
ceiling and walls will be subjected to frequent
moisture or wetting.
***************************************************************************
2.7.2.1 Lime-Putty
Prepare lime-putty in accordance with the printed directions of the
manufacturer. Use putty following preparation or following a soaking period
as recommended by the manufacturer.
2.7.2.2 Lime-Putty Gypsum-Gauged (White Coat)
Use over[ sand and gypsum plaster][ sand and wood-fibered gypsum plaster].
Mix finish coat in the proportions of one part of gypsum gauging plaster to
a volume of hydrated lime or lime putty.
This mix is approximately equivalent to one 45 kg (100 lb) bag of gypsum
gauging plaster to:
a. Not more than four 22.5 kg (50 lb) bags of hydrated lime, or
b. Not more than 127 liter (4-1/2 cu ft) of lime putty, or
c. Not more than 132 liter (35 gal) of lime putty.
2.7.2.3 Aggregated Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify aggregated white coat where a smooth
trowel finish is required over perlite or vermiculite
base coats. Do not use smooth trowel finish over
lightweight aggregate base coat or metal lath.
***************************************************************************
Finish coat must consist of the lime-putty, gypsum-gauged finish specified
herein with the addition of fine pulverized silica sand or perlite fines in
the following proportions:
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 11
a. 14 liter per 45 kg ( 1/2 cu ft per 100 lb) bag of gypsum gauging
plaster used in finish, or
b. 3.5 liter per 22.5 kg ( 1/8 cu ft per 50 lb) bag of hydrated lime, or
c. 3.8 liter per 7.5 liter ( one gal per cu ft) of lime-putty.
2.7.2.4 Gypsum Sand Float Finish[ for [_____]]:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Do not use this type finish in bathrooms,
kitchens, and other similar places requiring a
constant cleaning cycle.
***************************************************************************
Mix finish in the proportion of one part neat unfibered gypsum plaster to
not more than two parts of sand, by weight.
2.7.2.5 Keene's Cement Lime-Putty Finish[ for [_____]]
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Do not use Keene's cement as finish coat over
a portland cement plaster base coat, or on monolithic
concrete, due to the probability of unsatisfactory
bond between the materials. Not recommended over
lightweight aggregate base coats.
***************************************************************************
Mix finish in the proportion of not more than 45 kg (100 lb) of lime putty
to 45 kg (100 lb) of Keene's cement.
2.7.2.6 High Strength Gypsum-Gauged Plaster Finish[ for [_____]]
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify high-strength gypsum-gauged finish
plaster where surface hardness and resistance to
abrasion are required. Not recommended over
lightweight aggregate base coats.
***************************************************************************
Mix finish in the proportion of 90 kg (200 lb) of high strength gauging to
45 kg (100 lb) of hydrated lime.
2.7.2.7 Acoustical Plaster Finish[ for [_____]]
Mix finish in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
2.8 MIXING
2.8.1 Job-Mixed Materials
Mix materials in mechanical mixers except finish coats containing lime may
be hand mixed. Mechanical mixers must be an approved type that accurately
and uniformly controls the quantity of water. When mixing by hand, mix dry
plaster aggregate to a uniform color in the mixing box, add water, and hoe
the plaster immediately into the water and mix thoroughly to a proper
consistency.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 12
2.8.1.1 Water
Water used for rinsing and cleaning containers and tools must not be used in
mixing the materials.
2.8.1.2 Sand
Sand proportions must be damp and in loose condition. A volume of damp
loose sand must contain a minimum of 36 kg (80 lb) of dry sand in 0.0283 cu
m (one cu ft).
2.8.1.3 Mixing (Do's)
Mix the material while the mixer is in continuous operation in the following
sequence:
a. Add maximum close to 90 percent of estimated quantity of water.
b. Add approximately one-half of the sand. If vermiculite or perlite is
used, add all the aggregate.
c. Add cement and approved admixtures. [Add lime prior to cement.]
d. Add remainder of sand.
e. Mix with remainder of water as required. Mix until the mixture is
uniform in color and consistency.
2.8.1.4 Mixing (Don'ts)
Avoid excessive mixing and agitation. Discard gypsum plaster which has begun
to set before it is used; do not permit retempering. Do not use frozen,
caked, or lumped materials. Empty mixers and mixing boxes after each batch
is mixed, and keep free of old plaster.
2.8.2 Ready-Mixed Packaged Materials
Mix ready-mixed packaged gypsum plaster in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions.
2.9 BONDING AGENT
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Bonding agents may be surface applied or
integrally mixed with the plaster. Use Integral
bonding agents only after review of the
manufacturer's documentation of testing and past
performance. Check compatibility of the bonding
agent with the plaster mixtures. Bonding admixtures
increase the potential for shrinkage of the plaster.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C631, interior application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 13
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
Clean surfaces before application of gypsum plaster of projections, dust,
loose particles, grease, bond breakers, and foreign matter. Do not apply
plaster directly to surfaces (1) of masonry or concrete that have been
coated with bituminous compound or other waterproofing agents, or (2) that
have been painted or previously plastered. Before plaster work is started,
wet masonry and concrete surfaces thoroughly with a fine fog spray of clean
water to produce a uniformly moist condition. Check metal grounds, corner
beads, screeds, and other accessories carefully for alignment before
starting work. Do not apply gypsum plaster to surfaces containing frost.
3.2 WORKMANSHIP
3.2.1 Slump Tests
Apply Plaster by hand or machine. When a plastering machine is used,
control the fluidity of gypsum plaster to have a slump of not more than 75
mm (3 inch) when tested using a 50 by 100 by 150 mm (2 by 4 by 6 inch) high
slump cone. Subsequent to determining water content to meet the specified
slump, do not add additional water to the mix. Conduct the slump test
according to the following procedure:
a. Place cone on level, dry, non-absorptive base plate.
b. While holding cone firmly against base plate, fill cone with plaster
taken directly from the hose or nozzle of the plastering machine,
tamping with metal rod during filling to release air bubbles.
c. Screed off plaster level with top of cone. Remove cone by lifting it
straight up with a slow and smooth motion.
d. Place cone in a vertical position adjacent to freed plaster sample,
using care not to shake or move base plate.
e. Lay a straightedge across top of cone, being careful not to shake or
move cone. Measure slump in mm (inch) from the bottom edge of the
straightedge to the top of the slumped plaster sample.
3.2.2 Application
Apply gypsum plaster in three coats, except as follows:
Gypsum plaster applied to [masonry] [and] [gypsum lath] using the two-
coat double-up method.
Apply base coats with sufficient pressure and ensure plaster is sufficiently
plastic to provide a strong bond to bases. Work base coats into screeds at
intervals from 1500 to 2400 mm (5 to 8 ft). Plaster must not be continuous
across expansion and control joints occurring in walls, partitions, and
ceilings. Finish work level, plumb, square, and true, within a tolerance of
3 mm in 2400 mm (1/8 inch in 8 ft), without waves, cracks, blisters, pits,
crazing, discoloration, projections, or other imperfections. Form plaster
work carefully around angles and contours, and well-up to screeds. Take
special care to prevent sagging and consequent dropping of applications.
There must be no visible junction marks in finish coat where one day's work
adjoins another.[ Plastered surfaces to receive[ rubber or vinyl base
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 14
coves][ wood base boards] must extend to wood ground indicated as backing
for base.] Plaster not required behind built-in cabinets and equipment[,
and [_____]] unless part of a fire-rated assembly.
3.2.3 Control And Expansion Joints
[Install control joints at locations indicated before applying gypsum
plaster. Vertical joints must be continuous and butt horizontal joints
against the vertical joints. ]Check expansion, control joints and
accessories to ensure unrestrained movement, metal lath not continuous
behind the joints, and area between joints do not exceed 14 sq m (150 sq
ft).
3.2.4 Curing
3.2.4.1 Gypsum Plaster
Before the plaster has set, provide environmental controls to prevent the
plaster from drying too fast. After the plaster has set, provide for rapid
drying to develop high strength.
3.3 GYPSUM PLASTER WORK
ASTM C842.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Gypsum basecoat plaster may be by one of two
methods for a three-coat or two-coat (double back)
systems. The three-coat plaster system will require
a basecoat of a scratch coat, cross raked, partial
drying, and a brown coat. The two-coat plaster system
requires a scratch coat and a brown coat that is
applied (double back) within a few minutes to the
unset (moist) scratch coat. The cross raking of the
scratch coat is omitted in the double back system.
***************************************************************************
3.3.1 Gypsum Plaster Thickness Requirements
Plaster thicknesses are from face of metal lath plaster base (scratch coat)
or solid base surfaces.
a. Vertical Surfaces
Base Types Base Coat Finish Coat Total Thickness
Metal Lath 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch
Masonry 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch
Concrete 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch
Other Bases 10 mm 3/8 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 13 mm 1/2 inch
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 15
b. Horizontal Surfaces. Total plaster thickness for metal lath plaster,
masonry and concrete bases is 16 mm (5/8 inch). Total thickness of
plaster for horizontal concrete surfaces is 3 to 10 mm (1/8 to 3/8
inch).
c. Where vertical and horizontal concrete surfaces require more than 16 mm
(5/8 inch) and 10 mm (3/8 inch), to produce required lines or surfaces,
[attach metal plaster base for plaster application] [as indicated].
3.3.2 Gypsum Plaster Basecoat Work
3.3.2.1 Gypsum Two-Coat System
Apply the first coat to cover the base with sufficient material and pressure
to form a good bond on the wall or ceiling base. Before the first coat has
set and without scratching or cracking the surface, apply a second coat
(double back) of the same material proportion as the base coat to the
screeds. Straighten to a true surface without application of water, and
cross rake or scratch to receive the finish coat.
3.3.2.2 Gypsum Three-Coat System
Apply scratch coat 5 to 6 mm (3/16 to 1/4 inch) thick to cover the base with
sufficient material and pressure to form a good bond on the wall or ceiling
base. Rake or scratch the surface and allow to set firm and hard. Apply
the brown coat to bring the base coat out to the screeds, compact and
straighten to a true surface without the application of water, and cross
rake or scratch to receive the finish coat.
3.3.3 Gypsum Plaster Finish Coats
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Do not specify rough textured finishes
bathrooms, kitchens, and other similar type places,
which require a constant cleaning cycle.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: There are six gypsum finish coat plasters,
each with a specific function:
Smooth Finishes: Gypsum-lime putty trowel finish
Keene's cement-lime putty trowel finish Prepared
gypsum trowel finish
Float Finishes: Keene's cement-lime sand float
finish Gypsum-sand float finish
Acoustical Plaster Finishes
***************************************************************************
Moderately moisten or fog spray base coat of plaster that has become dry
before finish coat is applied. Accelerate plaster, if necessary, to provide
a setting time of not more than 4 hours from the time the plaster is mixed.
3.3.3.1 Lime-Putty and Gypsum-Gauged Finish Coats
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 16
Apply lime-putty gypsum-gauged finish white coat or aggregated white coat
[and high strength gypsum gauged finish] over the base coat, scratch in
thoroughly, lay on well, double back, and fill out to a true, even surface.
Allow the finish to dry a few minutes, then trowel well with water. Apply
maximum pressure in order to compact the finish coat and provide a smooth
finish free from blemishes and irregularities. Apply trowel finish coats of
gypsum-gauged lime-putty over properly prepared base coats as thin as
possible and 2 to 3 mm (1/16 to 1/8 inch) thick for conventional plaster
system, except as necessary in spots to level out hollows in base coat.
3.3.3.2 Keene's Cement Lime-Putty Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Do not use Keene's cement as finish coat over
a portland cement plaster basecoat, or on monolithic
concrete, due to the probability of unsatisfactory
bond between gypsum and portland cement materials.
***************************************************************************
Apply finish over gypsum-sand base coat only, scratch in thoroughly, lay on
well, double back, and fill out to a true, even surface. Allow the finish
to dry a few minutes, then trowel it well with water. Apply maximum
pressure in order to compact the finish coat and provide a smooth finish
free of blemishes and irregularities. Continue troweling until the finish
sets.
3.3.3.3 Gypsum Sand Float Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify type of float required to produce the
texture desired.
***************************************************************************
Apply finish over the base coat, scratch in thoroughly, lay on with a trowel
to an even surface, and then float with [_____] floats to a true, even
surface, free of slick spots or other blemishes. Apply sand float finishes
to a maximum thickness of 3 mm (1/8 inch) except as necessary to level out
hollow spots.
3.3.3.4 Acoustical Plaster Finish Coat
Apply finish in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and in
the thickness necessary to provide the sound absorption coefficient
specified, but not be less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick.
3.4 ORNAMENTAL PLASTER WORK
Complete ornamental work before the finish coat of plaster is applied to
adjoining areas. Plaster for ornamental work must consist of a mixture that
will produce satisfactory results for the respective conditions, be
reinforced properly with fiber or zinc-coated steel wire netting as
necessary to provide permanent construction, and be rigidly secured in
place. Run plain moldings in place to templates and guides, with true
radial lines for curved work; where it is not practicable to run such
moldings, cast or run them on a bench and then secure in place firmly.
Cornices and moldings must be straight or curved, true to line, and corners
neat.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 23 00 Page 17
3.5 PATCHING AND POINTING
Cut out and patch loose, cracked, damaged, or defective gypsum plaster.
Patch must match existing work in texture, color and finish flush with
previously applied gypsum plaster surfaces. Point work abutting or
adjoining finish work in a neat manner. Remove droppings or spatterings
from surfaces. Leave clean and in a condition to receive paint or other
finish. Remove protective covering from floors and other surfaces, and
rubbish and debris from [the interior and exterior of] the building.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 26 00 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding
UFGS-09 26 00 (May 2011)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 26 00
VENEER PLASTER
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for veneer plaster systems.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Veneer plaster consists of a 2 to 3 mm (1/16
to 1/8 inch) thick plaster coating applied in one or
more coats to a special gypsum lath base over metal
or wood framing. Veneer plaster provides a hard,
dense finish for areas such as corridors and
conference rooms of major facilities where walls are
subjected to frequent impact and where appearance is
important. It should not be used in shower rooms or
excessively humid areas.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, indicate location and extent
of each type of veneer plaster and control joints.
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 2
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C1002 (2014) Standard Specification for Steel Self-
Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application
of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs
ASTM C1047 (2014a) Standard Specification for
Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum
Veneer Base
ASTM C1396/C1396M (2014a) Standard Specification for Gypsum
Board
ASTM C475/C475M (2015) Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board
ASTM C514 (2004; R 2014) Standard Specification for
Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board
ASTM C587 (2004; R 2014) Gypsum Veneer Plaster
ASTM C631 (2009; R 2014) Bonding Compounds for Interior
Gypsum Plastering
ASTM C645 (2014; E 2015) Nonstructural Steel Framing
Members
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 3
ASTM C754 (2015) Installation of Steel Framing Members
to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel
Products
ASTM C843 (2017) Standard Specification for Application
of Gypsum Veneer Plaster
ASTM C844 (2015) Application of Gypsum Base to Receive
Gypsum Veneer Plaster
ASTM C954 (2015) Steel Drill Screws for the Application
of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm)
to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness
ASTM D3678 (2014) Standard Specification for Rigid Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Interior-Profile
Extrusions
FM GLOBAL (FM)
FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide
http://www.approvalguide.com/
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select either the one or two-coat system. The
one-coat is slightly lower in cost, requires less
installation time, and requires only one plastering
material on the job. The two-coat system has greater
crack resistance and is more resistant to damage.
The one-coat system should be used where appearance
is the sole consideration. The two-coat system
should be used where physical abuse is a
consideration.
***************************************************************************
Except where otherwise indicated or specified, conform to ASTM C754, ASTM
C843, and ASTM C844. Apply the gypsum veneer plaster as a [one coat] [two
coat] system over a special gypsum base. The veneer plaster, gypsum base,
and joint reinforcement must be products of the same manufacturer. The
extent and location of veneer plaster must be as shown on the drawings.
Metal framing is specified herein. [Wood framing specified in Section 06 10
00 ROUGH CARPENTRY may be used as an option to the steel framing.]
1.3 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 4
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control
approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Gypsum Base
Gypsum Veneer Plaster
Descriptive data and installation instructions.
[SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Steel Framing or Furring; S
]1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 5
Deliver and store plaster materials in the manufacturer's original unopened
containers. Store materials off the ground within a completely enclosed
structure or enclosed within a weathertight covering. Store gypsum base and
gypsum backing board flat to prevent warping and protect from excessive
exposure to sunlight. Keep materials wrapped and separate from off-gassing
materials, such as paint and adhesives. Do not use materials that have
visible moisture or biological growth.
1.5 SCHEDULING
Commence application only after the area scheduled for veneer plaster work
is completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
systems must be complete and in operation prior to application of the
plaster. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before veneer
plastering is begun, the plastering may proceed in accordance with an
approved plan to maintain the environmental conditions specified below.
Apply plaster prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic
ceiling.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Veneer plaster is a very thin coating that
will be adversely affected by extreme or non-uniform
drying conditions and by rapid changes in
temperature. It should not be used in spaces where
adequate environmental control cannot be obtained.
***************************************************************************
Do not expose the gypsum base to excessive sunlight prior to plaster
application, as bond failure of the plaster may result. Maintain a
continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F)
and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for at least one week prior to
the application of veneer plaster, while the plastering is being done, and
for at least one week after the plaster is set. Shield air supply and
distribution devices to prevent any uneven flow of air across the plastered
surfaces. Provide ventilation to exhaust moist air to the outside during
plaster application, set, and until plaster is dry. In glazed areas, keep
windows open top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches).
Openings can be reduced in cold weather. For enclosed areas lacking natural
ventilation, provide temporary mechanical means for ventilation. In
unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or temperature differentials from
day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F) or more, screen openings with
cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid drying. During periods of
low indoor humidity, provide minimum air circulation following plastering
and until plaster is dry.
[1.7 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details
must follow the tested and approved designs. The
addition of veneer plaster to an approved gypsum
wallboard design will improve the fire-resistive
properties of the partitions. Tested and approved
designs are published by gypsum wallboard
manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and Factory
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 6
Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum Association
Fire Resistance Design Manual.
***************************************************************************
Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per
UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.
]PART 2 PRODUCTS
[2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
2.1.1 Recycled Content for Steel Framing or Furring
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
]2.12 MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The designer must assure that the drawings
show the required thickness for gypsum base and
gypsum backing board for all application.
***************************************************************************
Conform to the requirements specified below. Miscellaneous items not
otherwise specified must be as recommended by the veneer plaster system
manufacturer and approved prior to use. Powder driven fasteners may be used
only when approved in writing.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 7
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows the product is available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content of the first bracket among US national
manufacturers. Some manufacturers and regions have
higher percentages. If desired, insert higher
percentages into the second set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
2.12.1 Steel Framing, Furring, and Related Items
ASTM C645. [Provide steel framing, furring, and related items that contain
a minimum of [40][_____] percent post-consumer recycled content. Provide
data identifying percentage of recycled content for steel framing or
furring.]
2.12.2 Vapor Retarder
Foil-backed gypsum base or gypsum backing board, or 4-mil polyethylene.
2.12.3 Gypsum Backing Board
ASTM C1396/C1396M, [Regular] [Foil-backed] [Water-Resistant] [Type X].
Provide boards with square edges as the first ply in two-ply application.
Provide 1200 mm (48 inches) wide boards, thickness as shown except that
board used for liner panels and core plies of shaftwall construction must be
the size and thickness recommended by the system manufacturer.
2.12.4 Gypsum Base
ASTM C1396/C1396M, [Regular] [Foil-backed] [Type X], 1200 mm (48 inches)
wide, thickness as shown. Provide square edges, rounded, or tapered as
recommended by the veneer plaster manufacturer.
2.12.5 Gypsum Veneer Plaster
ASTM C587. Minimum compressive strength of finish coat plaster must be 17
MPa (2500 psi).
2.12.6 Joint Reinforcement
ASTM C475/C475M, Mesh reinforcing strip or paper tape as recommended by the
veneer plaster manufacturer.
2.12.7 Joint Compound
ASTM C475/C475M.
2.12.8 Screws
ASTM C1002or ASTM C954, type appropriate to use.
2.12.9 Nails
ASTM C514, with corrosion-resistant treatment.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 8
2.12.10 Corner Bead, Casing Bead, and Control Joints
ASTM C1047 [or] [ASTM D3678], Corrosion protective-coated steel[, vinyl or
clear anodized aluminum] as recommended by the veneer plaster manufacturer.
Provide flanges free of any material that would adversely affect bonding of
the plaster.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 STEEL FRAMING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Since the veneer plaster is a thin, hard
coating, it may be damaged by excessive deflection or
racking of the partition. Partitions should be
isolated from the structural building frame so that
movement of the frame does not distort the
partitions. Where heavy loads such as wall hung
cabinets, counters or hospital TV sets are indicated,
the partitions must be strengthened to support the
applied loads.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C754. Space framing at 400mm (16 inches) on center maximum.
Partitions must support applied loads such as cabinets and counters without
exceeding the permitted deflection.
3.1.1 Partition Framing System
Metal non-load bearing framing and furring system must be capable of
carrying a transverse load of 24 ksm (5 psf) without exceeding either the
allowable stress or a deflection of L/240. Provide studs of 0.45 mm (0.0179
inch) minimum thickness for partitions having the same material and the same
material thickness on both sides. For partitions using 0.45 mm (0.0l79
inch) thick studs, the surfacing material must cover the full height of the
partition on both sides, or the stud flange must be otherwise supported to
insure rigidity. Provide studs of 0.84 mm (0.0329 inch) minimum thickness
for partitions having different materials or different material thickness on
the two sides. At partition ends, corners, and intersections, and at jambs
of openings, fasten studs to runners with screws.
3.1.2 Special Framing
Build framing for beams, columns, soffits, and other special items to the
sizes, shapes, or forms indicated. Secure rigidly at each intersection with
screws.
3.1.3 Shaftwall Framing System
Shaftwalls must be standard, tested designs. Metal framing must be in
accordance with the shaftwall manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.1.4 Ceiling Openings
Provide support members at ceiling openings such as required for access
panels, recessed light fixtures, and for air supply or exhaust. Locate
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 9
support members of not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 inch) main runner channels and
suspension wires or straps to provide at least the minimum support specified
herein for furring and wallboard attachment. Provide intermediate
structural members for attachment or suspension of support members.
3.1.5 Wall Openings
At wall openings the framing system must provide for the installation and
anchorage of the required subframes or finish frames. Attach steel frames
securely through built-in anchors to the nearest stud on each side of the
opening with wallboard screws. Provide 0.84 mm (0.329 inch) minimum
thickness double studs at both jambs of all doors openings. For doors over
1200 mm (4 feet) wide, double doors, and for extra-heavy doors (such as x-
ray doors), provide doubled studs [_____] millimeters (inches) minimum
thickness. Spot grout door frames at the jamb anchor locations with joint
compound applied just prior to application of gypsum base.
3.1.6 Blocking
Provide blocking when mounting equipment. Cut[ metal][ or][ wood] blocking
to fit in between the framing members. Rigidly anchor blocking to the
framing members. Under no circumstances will accessories or other wall
mounted equipment be anchored directly to the veneer plaster system.
3.2 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BASE
Apply gypsum base and gypsum backing board to framing and furring members in
accordance with ASTM C844 and the requirements specified herein. Gypsum
wallboard may be used for the base ply in two-ply construction. Provide
gypsum base and backing board of maximum practical length, using full length
boards for vertical application. Install separate boards in moderate
contact without forcing in place. Install boards tight against the framing
so as to eliminate any offset in the face plane between adjoining boards.
Stagger end joints of adjoining boards. Fit abutting end and edge joints.
Cut boards as required to make close joints around openings. Gypsum base
may be adhered to gypsum backing board with an adhesive, except where
prohibited by fire rating. In multi-layer construction, offset joints
between layers. Offset joints on opposite faces of the partition.
3.2.1 Curved Surfaces
Use bending radii in accordance with ASTM C844, TABLE 5. Bend gypsum base
into place without damaging the face paper. If the base is dampened to
facilitate bending, dry thoroughly, and apply a bonding agent (ASTM C631)
before plastering.
3.2.2 Cavity Shaftwall System
Install gypsum backing boards, core boards, and gypsum base in accordance
with the shaftwall system manufacturer's printed recommendations to achieve
the fire rating required.
3.2.3 Control Joints
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Control joint locations should be shown on the
drawings. Control joint spacing in walls or wall
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 10
furring must not exceed 9000 mm (30 feet). Control
joint spacing must not exceed 9000 mm (30 feet) in
either direction in restrained ceilings, and 15000 mm
(50 feet) in either direction in ceilings with
perimeter relief. Joints should be provided at the
wings of L, U, and T shaped ceiling areas.
***************************************************************************
Control joints in ceilings and walls must be one piece manufactured products
designed for use with a veneer plaster system.
3.2.4 Vapor Retarder
Install foil-backed gypsum base or gypsum backing board with the reflective
surface against the framing members. Install polyethylene vapor retarder
with joints over framing members, and with joints lapped the full width of
the framing members.
3.3 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
Reinforce all interior angles and flat joints prior to application of the
veneer plaster. Do not use self-adhering fiberglass mesh tape.
Reinforcement must be a special mesh reinforcing strip embedded in veneer
plaster, or paper gypsum wallboard tape embedded in joint compound.
3.3.1 Mesh Reinforcing
Embed the mesh reinforcing strip in veneer plaster, so that embedment
material is both under and covering the reinforcement. Allow areas of
reinforcement to preset, and leave rough enough for proper bonding of the
plaster coat. Reinforcement must be set but not dry, before the application
of veneer plaster.
3.3.2 Paper Tape Reinforcing
Press the paper tape into a bedding coat of setting type joint compound, and
immediately cover with a skim coat of the same compound. After the bedding
and skim coats are set, apply a fill coat of joint compound. Set the
reinforcement and dry thoroughly before application of veneer plaster.
3.4 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Veneer plaster may be applied to masonry or
concrete surfaces as well as to gypsum base. Special
conditioning and treatment are required for masonry
or concrete surfaces to receive veneer plaster.
Review ASTM C843 and manufacturer's literature to
determine requirements applicable to the project, and
modify this section accordingly. Note that any
cracking of the substrate will result in cracking of
the plaster.
***************************************************************************
Apply gypsum veneer plaster in accordance with ASTM C843, and with the
manufacturer's approved installation instructions where such instructions
are additional to or more restrictive than the requirements of ASTM C843.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 11
Apply plaster as a [one-component] [two-component] system. Minimum plaster
thickness must be as recommended by the manufacturer, but must in no case be
less than[1.6 mm(1/16 inch) for one-component system.] [1.6 mm(1/16 inch)
for base coat and 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) for finish coat of a two-component
system.]
3.4.1 Mixing
Clean mixer between batches to avoid accelerating the setting time. Do not
add other plaster materials to modify the properties of the veneer plaster.
When extreme conditions so demand, small quantities of commercial retarder
or accelerator may be added to the mixing water to adjust setting time.
When used, the retarder or accelerator must conform to the veneer plaster
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.4.2 Application
Trowel plaster on by hand. Apply with sufficient material and pressure to
develop bond and to provide the specified component thickness.
3.4.2.1 Base Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Delete base coat requirements when one-
component system is desired.
***************************************************************************
Scratch in the base coat tightly, then immediately double back using
material from the same batch. Fill all voids and imperfections and level
the plaster to a true surface without the application of water. For good
bond or adhesion, roughen the final surface for bond by brushing or cross-
raking with a fine wire rake. For application of finish coat, set the base
coat and partially dry. If the base coat is totally dry, dampen before
finish coat application.
3.4.2.2 Finish Coat
***************************************************************************
NOTE: A smooth-troweled finish will normally be
specified. If a textured finish is desired, it may
be added to the specification. The texture pattern
should be specified, i.e., swirl, skip trowel, etc.
Some texture finishes may require a greater coating
thickness.
***************************************************************************
Scratch in the finish coat tightly, then immediately double back using
material from the same batch. After the plaster has been allowed to set up
slightly, lightly trowel the surface without the addition of water, filling
all voids and imperfections and eliminating surface irregularities. When
the plaster has become firm and prior to set, smooth-trowel the surface
using water sparingly. Avoid over troweling.
3.5 CLEANUP AND PATCHING
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 26 00 Page 12
Remove plaster splashes from adjacent surfaces. Repair defects in the
veneer plaster. Plaster surfaces must be smooth, clean, and in condition to
receive the finishing materials that will be applied.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 29 00 (August 2016)
Change 1 - 08/17
---------------------------
PREPARING ACTIVITY: NAVFAC Superseding
UFGS-09 29 00 (May 2011)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 29 00
GYPSUM BOARD
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification includes the
requirements for gypsum board, cementitious backer
units, and accessories intended for use in drywall
construction.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
Reference Section 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
for load bearing studwork. Reference Section 09 22
00 SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD for non-
loadbearing studs, furring and ceiling suspension
systems.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, show:
1. Locations of each type of gypsum board, backing
board and cementitious backer units, using same
terminology as in the specification.
2. Locations and UL or GA design numbers for fire
rated gypsum board and cementitious backer unit
assemblies.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 2
3. Locations of asphalt impregnated building felt if
gypsum sheathing is used or if cementitious backer
units are used in wet areas.
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI A108.11 (1992; Reaffirmed 2005) Specifications for
Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer
Units
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C1002 (2014) Standard Specification for Steel Self-
Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application
of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs
ASTM C1047 (2014a) Standard Specification for
Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum
Veneer Base
ASTM C1177/C1177M (2013) Standard Specification for Glass Mat
Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing
ASTM C1178/C1178M (2013) Standard Specification for Glass Mat
Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 3
ASTM C1396/C1396M (2014a) Standard Specification for Gypsum
Board
ASTM C1629/C1629M (2015) Standard Classification for Abuse-
Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel
Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels
ASTM C475/C475M (2015) Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board
ASTM C514 (2004; R 2014) Standard Specification for
Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board
ASTM C557 (2003; R 2017) Standard Specification for
Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to
Wood Framing
ASTM C840 (2017) Standard Specification for Application
and Finishing of Gypsum Board
ASTM C954 (2015) Steel Drill Screws for the Application
of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm)
to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness
ASTM D1037 (2012) Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base
Fiber and Particle Panel Materials
ASTM D1149 (2007; R 2012) Standard Test Method for
Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone Cracking
in a Chamber
ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-
Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing
ASTM D2394 (2005; R 2011) Simulated Service Testing of
Wood and Wood-Base Finish Flooring
ASTM D3273 (2016) Standard Test Method for Resistance to
Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior
Coatings in an Environmental Chamber
ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized
Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension
ASTM D5420 (2016) Standard Test Method for Impact
Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by
Means of a Strike Impacted by a Falling
Weight (Gardner Impact)
ASTM D624 (2000; R 2012) Tear Strength of Conventional
Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic
Elastomers
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 4
ASTM E695 (2003; R 2015; E 2015) Measuring Relative
Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof
Construction to Impact Loading
ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
FM GLOBAL (FM)
FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide
http://www.approvalguide.com/
GREEN SEAL (GS)
GS-36 (2011) Commercial Adhesives
GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA)
GA 214 (2010) Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board
Finish
GA 216 (2010) Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Panel Products
GA 224 (2008) Installation of Predecorated Gypsum
Board
GA 253 (2012) Application of Gypsum Sheathing
GA 600 (2009) Fire Resistance Design Manual
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory
1.2 SUBMITTALS
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 5
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control
approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Cementitious Backer Units
Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Tile Backing Board
Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board
[Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 6
][Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing Sealant
][Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board
]Accessories
Submit for each type of gypsum board and for cementitious backer
units.
Certifications
Gypsum Board
SD-04 Samples
Predecorated Gypsum Board; G[, [_____]]
Submit for each color and pattern of predecorated gypsum board.
Where colors are not indicated, submit color selection samples of
not less than eight of the manufacturer's standard colors.
SD-07 Certificates
Asbestos Free Materials; G[, [_____]]
Certify that gypsum board types, gypsum backing board types,
cementitious backer units, and joint treating materials do not
contain asbestos.
Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Safety Data Sheets
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Manufacturer Maintenance Instructions
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
[Recycled Content for Gypsum Board; S
][Recycled Content for Paper Facing and Gypsum Cores; S
]Indoor Air Quality for Gypsum Board; S
VOC Content of Joint Compound; S
Indoor Air Quality for Non-aerosol Adhesives; S
Indoor Air Quality for Aerosol Adhesives; S
1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 7
1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The Government's preference is for use of
products that have been certified for indoor air
quality by a third-party organization such as
Greenguard or SCS Global Services. However, it must
be verified there is a certified product available
that is both cost effective and appropriate for the
project. Retain the following section when the
designer of record confirms local/regional
availability of Greenguard or SCS products that does
not impact cost effectiveness.
***************************************************************************
[1.3.1.1 Ceiling and Wall Systems
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The Government's preference is for use of
products that have been certified for indoor air
quality by a third-party organization such as
Greenguard or SCS Global Services. However, it must
be verified there is a certified product available
that is both cost effective and appropriate for the
project. Retain the bracketed sentences when the
designer of record confirms local/regional
availability of Greenguard or SCS products that does
not impact cost effectiveness.
***************************************************************************
[Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL
2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide
certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet
the requirements of this paragraphSection. Provide current product
certification documentation from certification body. ]Gypsum wall board and
panels must meet the emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space
type).
1.3.1.2 Adhesives and Sealants
Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL
2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide
certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet
the requirements of this paragraphSection. Sealants and non-aerosol
adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of
the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as
inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
GS-36. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 8
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.4.1 Delivery
Deliver materials in the original packages, containers, or bundles with each
bearing the brand name, applicable standard designation, and name of
manufacturer, or supplier.
1.4.2 Storage
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Gypsum board provides a sink for adsorbing
high short-term emissions of VOCs, formaldehyde,
particulates, or other air-borne compounds.
Materials with high short-term emissions include, but
are not limited to: adhesives, sealants and glazing
compounds (specifically those with petrochemical
vehicles or carriers); paint, wood preservatives, and
finishes; control and/or expansion joint fillers;
hard finishes requiring adhesive installation; gypsum
board (with associated finish processes and
products); and composite or engineered wood products
with formaldehyde binders.
***************************************************************************
Keep materials dry by storing inside a sheltered building. Where necessary
to store gypsum board and cementitious backer units outside, store off the
ground, properly supported on a level platform, and protected from direct
exposure to rain, snow, sunlight, and other extreme weather conditions.
Provide adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. Store per
manufacturer's recommendations for allowable temperature and humidity range.
Do not store gypsum wallboard with materials which have high emissions of
volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or other contaminants, including [_____].
Do not store panels near materials that may offgas or emit harmful fumes,
such as kerosene heaters, fresh paint, or adhesives. Do not use materials
that have visible moisture or biological growth.
1.4.3 Handling
Neatly stack gypsum board and cementitious backer units flat to prevent
sagging or damage to the edges, ends, and surfaces.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
Furnish type of gypsum board work specialized by the installer with a
minimum of [3] [_____] years of documented successful experience.
1.6 SCHEDULING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use one or both of the following procedures to
minimize the exposure of gypsum wallboard to
materials or finishes which have high short-term
emissions of VOCs, formaldehyde, particulates, or
other air-borne compounds.
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 9
[The gypsum wallboard must be taped, finished and primed before the
installation of the highly-emitting materials, including [_____].] [The
gypsum wallboard must be installed after the installation and ventilation
period of the highly-emitting materials, including [_____].]
Commence application only after the area scheduled for gypsum board work is
completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
systems must be complete and in operation prior to application of the gypsum
board. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before gypsum board is
begun, the gypsum board work may proceed in accordance with an approved plan
to maintain the environmental conditions specified below. Apply gypsum
board prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic ceiling.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Gypsum board is a thin sheathing that will be
adversely affected by extreme or non-uniform drying
conditions and by rapid changes in temperature. It
should not be used in spaces where adequate
environmental control cannot be obtained.
***************************************************************************
Do not expose the gypsum board to excessive sunlight prior to gypsum board
application. Maintain a continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10
degrees C (50 degrees F) and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for
at least one week prior to the application of gypsum board work, while the
gypsum board application is being done, and for at least one week after the
gypsum board is set. Shield air supply and distribution devices to prevent
any uneven flow of air across the plastered surfaces. Provide ventilation
to exhaust moist air to the outside during gypsum board application, set,
and until gypsum board jointing is dry. In glazed areas, keep windows open
top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches). Reduce
openings in cold weather to prevent freezing of joint compound when applied.
For enclosed areas lacking natural ventilation, provide temporary mechanical
means for ventilation. In unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or
temperature differentials from day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F)
or more, screen openings with cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid
drying. During periods of low indoor humidity, provide minimum air
circulation following gypsum boarding and until gypsum board jointing
complete and is dry.
[1.8 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details
must follow the tested and approved designs. Tested
and approved designs are published by gypsum
wallboard manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and
Factory Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum
Association Fire Resistance Design Manual.
***************************************************************************
Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per
UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 10
]PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements. A resource that can be used to
identify products with recycled content is the
"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page
within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov.
Other products with recycled content are also
acceptable when meeting all requirements of this
specification.
***************************************************************************
2.1.1 Recycled Content for Gypsum Board Materials
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Check ASTM C840, GA 216 and ANSI A108.11 for
details of materials, fasteners, and application.
***************************************************************************
Conform to specifications, standards and requirements specified. Provide
gypsum board types, gypsum backing board types, cementitious backing units,
and joint treating materials manufactured from asbestos free materials only.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 11
Submit Safety Data Sheets and manufacturer maintenance instructions for
gypsum materials including adhesives.
2.12.1 Gypsum Board
***************************************************************************
Use materials with recycled content, calculated on
the basis of post-industrial and post-consumer
percentage content where appropriate for use.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements. A resource that can be used to identify
products with recycled content is the "Comprehensive
Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's
website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with
recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all
requirements of this specification.
Section allows establishing recycled content
requirements based on either the gypsum board product
in its entirety, or on the paper facing and gypsum
core separately. Research shows the product is
available among US national manufacturers above the
minimum recycled content of the first bracket among
US national manufacturers. Some manufacturers and
regions have higher percentages (for components that
have a threshold less than 100 percent). Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C1396/C1396M. [Gypsum board must contain a minimum of [5][10][_____]
percent post-consumer recycled content, or a minimum of [20][40][_____]
percent post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying
percentage of recycled content for gypsum board.] [Paper facings must
contain a minimum of [100][_____] percent post-consumer recycled paper
content. Gypsum cores must contain a minimum of [95][_____] percent post-
industrial recycled gypsum content. Provide data identifying percentage of
recycled content for paper facing and gypsum cores.] Provide gypsum wall
board and panels meeting the emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350
(limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of
space type). Provide certification of indoor air quality for gypsum board.
2.12.1.1 Regular
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use tapered and featured edge gypsum board with
embedding and finishing compounds when a very flat
surface is required, such as long walls with lighting
at the end of the wall and down or up lighted walls.
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 12
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick,
[tapered][, tapered and featured] edges. [Provide tapered and featured edge
gypsum board [in Rooms [_____] ] [as indicated].]
2.12.1.2 Foil-Backed
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, [tapered]
[tapered and featured] edges.
2.12.1.3 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, [tapered]
[tapered and featured] edges.
2.12.1.4 Mold Resistant / Anti-Microbial Gypsum
ASTM D3273. 1200 mm (48 inch) wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch)
thick, [tapered][tapered and featured] edges.
2.12.2 Gypsum Backing Board
***************************************************************************
NOTE: When thicker board is needed, replace the term
"backing board" with "coreboard", and change
dimension to 19.05 to 25.4 mm (3/4 to 1 inch),
depending on system used.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C1396/C1396M, gypsum backing board must be used as a base in a
multilayer system.
2.12.2.1 Regular
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square
edges.
2.12.2.2 Foil-Backed
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square
edges.
2.12.2.3 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square
edges.
2.12.3 Regular Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas
(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang
shower rooms, etc.), use cementitious backer units
(Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook) as a
substrate. Specify ASTM C1396/C1396M or ASTM
C1178/C1178M for all other tiled areas including
areas where only ceramic or quarry tile base is to be
installed, and for ceilings in humid areas. When
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 13
using water-resistant gypsum backing board at tile
applications, the metal studs should not be spaced
more than 406 mm (16 inches) o.c. Specify moisture
resistant gypsum board ASTM C1396/C1396M for humid
areas that are not exposed to direct moisture.
When using moisture resistant board on ceilings,
spacing of supports should be no more than 305 mm (12
inch) on center.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Additives used to produce water-resistant
gypsum board ("green board") may include VOCs. Water-
resistant types may be difficult to recycle.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C1396/C1396M
2.12.3.1 Regular
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, tapered
edges.
2.12.3.2 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, tapered
edges.
2.12.4 Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Tile Backing Board
ASTM C1178/C1178M
2.12.4.1 Regular
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square
edges.
2.12.4.2 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square
edges.
[2.12.5 Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This section should be used where exterior
gypsum sheathing with water resistance is required
(i.e. cavity sheathing over metal studs with brick
veneer or as substrate for EIFS systems). Always use
asphalt impregnated felt paper for sheathing
protection. For additional protection or if
recommended by the manufacturer, choose the paragraph
for sheathing sealant.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 14
NOTE: Glass-fiber reinforced types may be difficult
to recycle.
***************************************************************************
Exceeds physical properties of ASTM C1396/C1396M and ASTM C1177/C1177M.
Provide [12.7] [15.9,] mm ([1/2][5/8] inch), gypsum sheathing. Provide
gypsum board of with a noncombustible water-resistant core, with glass mat
surfaces embedded to the gypsum core or reinforcing embedded throughout the
gypsum core. Warrant gypsum sheathing board for at least twelve months
against delamination due to direct weather exposure. Provide continuous,
asphalt impregnated, building felt to cover exterior face of sheathing.
[Seal all joints, seams, and penetrations with compatible sealant.]
[2.12.5.1 Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing Sealant
Provide sealant compatible with glass mat covered or reinforced gypsum
sheathing, rubber washers for masonry veneer anchors, and other associated
cavity wall components such as anchors and through wall flashing. Provide
sealants for glass mat covered or reinforced gypsum sheathing board edge
seams and veneer anchor penetrations recommended by the glass mat covered or
reinforced gypsum sheathing manufacturer and have the following performance
requirements:
a. ASTM D412: Tensile Strength, 551 kilopascals (80 psi)
b. ASTM D412: Ultimate Tensile Strength (maximum elongation), 1172
kilopascals (170 psi)
c. ASTM D624: Tear Strength, dieB, 4.7 kN/m (27 ppi)
d. ASTM D1149: Joint Movement Capability after 14 Days cure, plus or
minus 50 percent.
]][2.12.6 Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board
***************************************************************************
Note: Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board Should Be Used
When Abuse Or Vandalism Of Walls Is Anticipated And
Gypsum Board Is The Only Wall Material Alternative
Feasible. Consult Manufacture For Use Restrictions Of
Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board On Exterior Walls. This
Product Requires A Minimum Of 20 Gauge Metal Framing
As Support, Coordinate with Section 09 22 00 SUPPORTS
FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD.
Some products rely on lexan backing for penetration
resistance. The impervious layer will act as a vapor
barrier which may not be desirable in certain wall
systems and climates.
None of the paper faced gypsum products have high
resistance to abrasion. Designer should cConsider
high strength veneer plaster on wall systems using
abuse resistant gypsum wallboard, coordinate with
Section 09 26 00 VENEER PLASTER.
***************************************************************************
1200 mm (48 inch )wide, 15.9 mm (5/8 inch) thick, tapered edges.
Reinforced gypsum panel with imbedded fiber mesh or lexan backing tested in
accordance with the following tests. Hard body impact test must attain a
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 15
Level 2 performance in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. Provide fasteners
that meet manufacturer requirements and specifications stated within this
section. Abuse resistant gypsum board, when tested in accordance with ASTM
E84, have [a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating
of 50 or less for [_____]] [and] [a flame spread rating of 75 or less and a
smoke developed rating of 100 or less for [_____]].
2.12.6.1 Soft Body Impact Test
ASTM E695 or ASTM D2394 for impact penetration and deformation. ASTM E695
using a 27.2 kg (60 lb) leather bag filled with steel pellets, resisting no
less than 407 N-m (300 ft. lb.) cumulative impact energy before failure or
ASTM D2394 using 139.7 mm (5.5 inch) hemispherical projectile resisting no
less than 357 N-m (264 ft. lb.) before failure. Provide test specimen stud
spacing a minimum 406 mm (16 inch) on center.
2.12.6.2 Hard Body Impact Test
Comply with hard body impact test in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M
Classification Level 2.
2.12.6.3 Surface Abrasion Test
Comply with test surface abrasion test in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.
2.12.6.4 Indentation Test
ASTM D5420 or ASTM D1037 for indentation resistance. ASTM D5420 using a .907
kg (32 oz) weight with a 16 mm (5/8 inch) hemispherical impacting head
dropped once 915 mm (3 feet) creating not more than 3.5 mm (0.137 inch)
indentation or ASTM D1037 using no less than 213 kg (470 lb) weight applied
to the 11.13 mm (0.438 inch) diameter ball to create not more than a 0.5 mm
(0.0197 inch) indentation depth.
]2.12.7 Predecorated Gypsum Board
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Predecorated gypsum board is available only in
1200 mm (48 inch) wide panels. Interior finish
materials for exits, hospitals, individual rooms with
capacity for 5 or more persons must have a flame
spread rating of 25 or less and smoked developed
rating of 50 or less. Interior finish materials for
other locations must have flame spread rating of 75
or less and smoke developed rating of 100 or less.
Flame spread rating greater than 75 and smoke
developed rating greater than 100 are not permitted.
Refer to UFC 3-600-01, "Fire Protection Engineering
for Facilities," for further guidance on specifying
flame spread and smoke developed ratings.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If the optional phrase "as selected" is not
used to designate a color (and pattern), insert a
manufacturer's name and color (and pattern)
designation in the blank and add the following to the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 16
end of this paragraph "The manufacturer's name and
catalog designation are provided in order to describe
the color (and pattern) desired. Other
manufacturer's products having a similar color (and
pattern) will be acceptable."
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Insert designations of rooms or areas in which
different flame spread and smoke developed ratings
are required.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C1396/C1396M, [regular] [Type X] gypsum board, 1200 mm (48 inch) wide,
[12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, with a decorative wall covering
(Class I) [or coating (Class II)] applied in-plant by the gypsum board
manufacturer. The color [and pattern] of wall covering must be [_____] [as
selected]. Provide [_____] color [and pattern] wall covering selected.
[Furnish gypsum board with square edges, and a slight bevel to produce a
shallow vee joint. Wrap all coverings around edges.] Furnish a
predecorated gypsum board with [a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a
smoke developed rating of 50 or less for [_____]] [and] [a flame spread
rating of 75 or less and a smoke developed rating of 100 or less for
[_____]].
2.12.8 Cementitious Backer Units
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas
(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang
shower rooms), specify only cementitious backer
units.
***************************************************************************
In accordance with the Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook.
2.12.9 Joint Treatment Materials
ASTM C475/C475M. Product must be low emitting VOC types with VOC limits not
exceeding 50 g/L. Provide data identifying VOC content of joint compound.
[Use all purpose joint and texturing compound containing inert fillers and
natural binders, including lime compound. Pre-mixed compounds must be free
of antifreeze, vinyl adhesives, preservatives, biocides and other slow
releasing compounds.]
2.12.9.1 Embedding Compound
Specifically formulated and manufactured for use in embedding tape at gypsum
board joints and compatible with tape, substrate and fasteners.
2.12.9.2 Finishing or Topping Compound
Specifically formulated and manufactured for use as a finishing compound.
2.12.9.3 All-Purpose Compound
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 17
Specifically formulated and manufactured to serve as both a taping and a
finishing compound and compatible with tape, substrate and fasteners.
2.12.9.4 Setting or Hardening Type Compound
Specifically formulated and manufactured for use with fiber glass mesh tape.
2.12.9.5 Joint Tape
Use cross-laminated, tapered edge, reinforced paper, or fiber glass mesh
tape recommended by the manufacturer.
2.12.10 Fasteners
2.12.10.1 Nails
ASTM C514. [For predecorated gypsum board provide special nails with
factory coated heads of color to match wall covering materials as
recommended by the predecorated gypsum board manufacturer.]
2.12.10.2 Screws
ASTM C1002, Type "G", Type "S" or Type "W" steel drill screws for fastening
gypsum board to gypsum board, wood framing members and steel framing members
less than 0.84 mm (0.033 inch) thick. ASTM C954 steel drill screws for
fastening gypsum board to steel framing members 0.84 to 2.84 mm (0.033 to
0.112 inch) thick. Provide cementitious backer unit screws with a polymer
coating.
2.12.10.3 Staples
1.5 mm thick (No. 16 USS gage )flattened galvanized wire staples with 11.1
mm (7/16 inch) wide crown outside measurement and divergent point for base
ply of two-ply gypsum board application. Use as follows:
Length of Legs Thickness of Gypsum Board
28.6 mm 1-1/8 inches 12.7 mm 1/2 inch
31.8 mm 1-1/4 inches 15.9 mm 5/8 inch
2.12.11 Adhesives
Provide non-aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) meeting either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of
the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) meeting
either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for
either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of GS-36. Provide certification of indoor air quality for non-
aerosol adhesives applied on the interior of the building (inside of the
weatherproofing system). Provide certification of indoor air quality for
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 18
aerosol adhesives used on the interior of the building (inside of the
weatherproofing system).
2.12.11.1 Adhesive for Fastening Gypsum Board to Metal Framing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener
attachment to metal framing is not possible to avoid
difficulty with future gypsum recycling.
***************************************************************************
[Not permitted.][Type recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.]
2.12.11.2 Adhesive for Fastening Gypsum Board to Wood Framing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener
attachment to wood framing is not possible to avoid
difficulty with future gypsum recycling.
***************************************************************************
[Not permitted.][ASTM C557.]
2.12.11.3 Adhesive for Laminating
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener
attachment is not possible to avoid difficulty with
future gypsum recycling.
***************************************************************************
[Not permitted.][ Adhesive attachment is not permitted for multi-layer
gypsum boards. For laminating gypsum studs to face panels, provide adhesive
recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.]
2.12.12 Gypsum Studs
Provide 25 mm (one inch) minimum thickness and 150 mm (6 inch) minimum
width. Studs may be of 25 mm (one inch) thick gypsum board or multilayers
fastened to required thickness. Conform to ASTM C1396/C1396M for material
and GA 216 for installation.
2.12.13 Shaftwall Liner Panel
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Shaftwall panels are typically used for
elevators, stairwells and mechanical chases that
penetrate rated floor systems. When using shaftwall
system, edit Section 09 22 00 SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER
AND GYPSUM BOARD to include shaftwall liner panel
metal studs.
***************************************************************************
ASTM C1396/C1396M. Conform to the UL Fire Resistance for the Design
Numbers(s) indicated for shaftwall liner panels. Manufacture liner panel
for cavity shaftwall system, with water-resistant paper faces, bevel edges,
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 19
single lengths to fit required conditions, [25.4 mm] [19.05 mm] ([1 inch]
[3/4 inch]) thick, by 610 mm (24inch) wide.
2.12.14 Accessories
ASTM C1047. Fabricate from corrosion protected steel or plastic designed
for intended use. Accessories manufactured with paper flanges are not
acceptable. Flanges must be free of dirt, grease, and other materials that
may adversely affect bond of joint treatment. Provide prefinished or job
decorated materials. [For predecorated gypsum board provide prefinished
metal or plastic trim to match predecorated gypsum board.]
2.12.15 Asphalt Impregnated Building Felt
Provide a 6.7 kg (15 lb) asphalt moisture barrier over glass mat covered or
reinforced gypsum sheathing. Conforming to ASTM D226/D226M Type 1 (No. 15)
for asphalt impregnated building felt.
2.12.16 Water
Provide clean, fresh, and potable water.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
3.1.1 Framing and Furring
Verify that framing and furring are securely attached and of sizes and
spacing to provide a suitable substrate to receive gypsum board and
cementitious backer units. Verify that all blocking, headers and supports
are in place to support plumbing fixtures and to receive soap dishes, grab
bars, towel racks, and similar items. Do not proceed with work until
framing and furring are acceptable for application of gypsum board and
cementitious backer units.
3.1.2 [Gypsum Board] [and] [Framing]
Verify that surfaces of [gypsum board] [and] [framing] to be bonded with an
adhesive are free of dust, dirt, grease, and any other foreign matter. Do
not proceed with work until surfaces are acceptable for application of
gypsum board with adhesive.
3.1.3 [Masonry] [and] [Concrete] Walls
Verify that surfaces of [masonry] [and] [concrete] walls to receive gypsum
board applied with adhesive are dry, free of dust, oil, form release agents,
protrusions and voids, and any other foreign matter. Do not proceed with
work until surfaces are acceptable for application of gypsum board with
adhesive.
3.1.4 Building Construction Materials
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 20
3.2 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Coordinate with the drawings to ensure that
all types of gypsum board specified are indicated.
Terminology on the drawings should be identical to
that in the specifications.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Allow adhesive bonding of gypsum board and
substrate members only when required for proper
installation.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use of special clips designed to provide
support at wall corners and wall-ceiling
intersections in lieu of backup studs or blocking
minimizes framing, and is approved except where not
permitted in fire rated assemblies. Include gypsum
or ceiling board over framing sentence when
appropriate with design and meets industry guidance
and requirements for fire rated assemblies. Ceilings
insulated with heavy or compressed insulation (such
as cellulose, mineral wool, or compressed fiberglass
batts) may require 16 mm (5/8 inch) gypsum board.
***************************************************************************
Apply gypsum board to framing and furring members in accordance with ASTM
C840 or GA 216 and the requirements specified. Apply gypsum board with
separate panels in moderate contact; do not force in place. Stagger end
joints of adjoining panels. Neatly fit abutting end and edge joints. Use
gypsum board of maximum practical length; select panel sizes to minimize
waste. Cut out gypsum board to make neat, close, and tight joints around
openings. In vertical application of gypsum board, provide panels in
lengths required to reach full height of vertical surfaces in one continuous
piece. Lay out panels to minimize waste; reuse cutoffs whenever feasible.
Surfaces of gypsum board and substrate members may [not ]be bonded together
with an adhesive[, except where prohibited by fire rating(s)]. Treat edges
of cutouts for plumbing pipes, screwheads, and joints with water-resistant
compound as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer. Minimize framing
by floating corners with single studs and drywall clips. [Install [16
mm(5/8 inch)][_____] gypsum or [13 mm(1/2 inch)][_____] ceiling board over
framing at [610 mm(24 inch)][_____] on center.] Provide type of gypsum
board for use in each system specified herein as indicated.
3.2.1 Application of Single-Ply Gypsum Board to Wood Framing
Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System I or GA 216.
3.2.2 Application of Two-Ply Gypsum Board to Wood Framing
Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System II or GA 216.
3.2.3 Adhesive Nail-On Application to Wood Framing
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 21
Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System III or GA 216. This method may
be used in lieu of ASTM C840, System I at the option of the Contractor.
3.2.4 Semi-Solid Gypsum Board Partitions
Provide in accordance with ASTM C840, System IV or GA 216 .
3.2.5 Solid Gypsum Board Partitions
Provide in accordance with ASTM C840, System V or GA 216.
3.2.6 Adhesive Application to Interior Masonry or Concrete Walls
Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System VI or GA 216.
3.2.7 Application of Gypsum Board to Steel Framing and Furring
Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System VIII or GA 216.
3.2.8 Arches and Bending Radii
Apply gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, System IX or GA 216.
3.2.9 Gypsum Board for Wall Tile or Tile Base Applied with Adhesive
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas
(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang
shower rooms), specify cementitious backer board (in
accordance with the Tile Council of America Handbook)
as the substrate; specify ASTM C1178/C1178M glass mat
water-resistant backing board or ASTM C1396/C1396M
water-resistant gypsum backing board for other tiled
areas including areas where only ceramic or quarry
tile base is to be installed.
***************************************************************************
In dry areas (areas other than tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms,
gang shower rooms), apply glass mat water-resistant gypsum tile backing
board [or water-resistant gypsum backing board] in accordance with ASTM
C840, System X or GA 216.
3.2.10 Exterior Application
Apply exterior gypsum board (such as at soffits) in accordance with ASTM
C840, System XI or GA 216.
3.2.11 Glass Mat Covered or Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Choose the bracketed option below if sealant
will be applied to sheathing joints and penetrations
in addition to the asphalt impregnated building felt.
***************************************************************************
Apply glass mat covered or fiber reinforced gypsum sheathing in accordance
to gypsum association publications GA 253. Follow gypsum sheathing
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 22
manufacturer's requirements of design details for joints and fasteners and
be properly installed to protect the substrate from moisture intrusion. Do
not leave exposed surfaces of the glass mat covered or fiber reinforced
gypsum sheathing beyond the manufacturer's recommendation without a weather
barrier cladding. Provide continuous asphalt impregnated building felt over
sheathing surface in shingle fashion with edges and ends lapped a minimum of
150 mm (6 inch). Properly flash the openings. [Seal all joints, seams, and
penetrations with a compatible silicone sealant.]
3.2.12 Floating Interior Angles
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use of special clips designed to provide
support at wall corners and wall-ceiling
intersections in lieu of backup studs or blocking
minimizes framing, and is approved except where not
permitted in fire rated assemblies. Include gypsum
or ceiling board over framing sentence when
appropriate for design and meets industry guidance
and requirements for fire rated assemblies.
***************************************************************************
Minimize framing by floating corners with single studs and drywall clips.
Locate the attachment fasteners adjacent to ceiling and wall intersections
in accordance with ASTM C840, System XII or GA 216, for [single-ply] [and]
[two-ply] applications of gypsum board to wood framing.
3.2.13 Control Joints
Install expansion and contraction joints in ceilings and walls in accordance
with ASTM C840, System XIII or GA 216. Fill control joints between studs in
fire-rated construction with firesafing insulation to match the fire-rating
of construction.
3.2.14 Application of Foil-Backed Gypsum Board
Apply foil-backed gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, System XIV or
GA 216.
3.2.15 Application of Predecorated Gypsum Board
Apply predecorated gypsum board in accordance with GA 224. Attach
predecorated gypsum board with adhesive and fasteners as recommended by the
manufacturer. Conceal fasteners in the finished work.
3.2.16 Application of Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board
Apply in accordance with applicable system of ASTM C840 as specified or GA
216. Follow manufacturers written instructions on how to cut, drill and
attach board.
3.3 APPLICATION OF CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS
3.3.1 Application
In wet areas (tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang shower
rooms), apply cementitious backer units in accordance with ANSI A108.11.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 23
Place a 7.6 kg (15 lb) asphalt impregnated, continuous felt paper membrane
behind cementitious backer units, between backer units and studs or base
layer of gypsum board. Place membrane with a minimum 150 mm (6 inch)
overlap of sheets laid shingle style.
3.3.2 Joint Treatment
ANSI A108.11.
3.4 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD
Tape and finish gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, GA 214 and GA
216. Finish plenum areas above ceilings to Level 1 in accordance with GA
214. Finish water resistant gypsum backing board, ASTM C1396/C1396M, to
receive ceramic tile to Level 2 in accordance with GA 214. Finish walls and
ceilings to receive a heavy-grade wall covering or heave textured finish
before painting to Level 3 in accordance with GA 214. Finish walls and
ceilings without critical lighting to receive flat paints, light textures,
or wall coverings to Level 4 in accordance with GA 214. Unless otherwise
specified, finish all gypsum board walls, partitions and ceilings to Level 5
in accordance with GA 214. Provide joint, fastener depression, and corner
treatment. Tool joints as smoothly as possible to minimize sanding and
dust. Do not use self-adhering fiber glass mesh tape with conventional
drying type joint compounds; use setting or hardening type compounds only.
Provide treatment for water-resistant gypsum board as recommended by the
gypsum board manufacturer. Protect workers, building occupants, and HVAC
systems from gypsum dust.
3.4.1 Uniform Surface
Wherever gypsum board is to receive eggshell, semigloss or gloss paint
finish, or where severe, up or down lighting conditions occur, finish gypsum
wall surface in accordance to GA 214 Level 5. In accordance with GA 214
Level 5, apply a thin skim coat of joint compound to the entire gypsum board
surface, after the two-coat joint and fastener treatment is complete and
dry.
[3.4.2 Metal Trim for Predecorated Gypsum Board
Finish edges, ends, and joints of predecorated gypsum board, except
prefinished vee joints and monolithic type joints, with metal or plastic
trim selected to match the gypsum board finish.
]3.5 SEALING
Seal openings around pipes, fixtures, and other items projecting through
gypsum board and cementitious backer units as specified in Section 07 92 00
JOINT SEALANTS. Apply material with exposed surface flush with gypsum board
or cementitious backer units.
[3.5.1 Sealing for Glass Mat or Reinforced Gypsum Board Sheathing
Apply silicone sealant in a 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) bead to all joints and trowel
flat. Apply enough of the same sealant to all fasteners penetrating through
the glass mat gypsum board surface to completely cover the penetration when
troweled flat. [Do not place construction and materials behind sheathing
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 29 00 Page 24
until a visual inspection of sealed joints during daylight hours has been
completed by Contracting Officer.]
]3.6 FIRE-RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Coordinate with the drawings to ensure that UL
or GA design numbers are indicated for fire-resistant
assemblies. If review of building code requires
pressurized enclosures, include the following:
Pressurized fire-rated gypsum board enclosures must
allow the mechanical and electrical life-safety
systems to operate in accordance with the design
intent. Air pressure within elevator shaft must be
360 Pa. (7.5 psf.) Air pressure within stair shaft
must be 240 Pa. (5.0 psf.) Maximum mid-span
deflection must be L/360.
***************************************************************************
Wherever fire-rated construction is indicated, provide materials and
application methods, including types and spacing of fasteners,[ wall[ and
ceiling] framing] in accordance with the specifications contained in [UL
Fire Resistance for the Design Number(s) indicated], [or] [GA 600 for the
File Number(s) indicated]. Joints of fire-rated gypsum board enclosures
must be closed and sealed in accordance with UL test requirements or GA
requirements. Seal penetrations through rated partitions and ceilings tight
in accordance with tested systems.
3.7 PATCHING
Patch surface defects in gypsum board to a smooth, uniform appearance, ready
to receive finishes. [Remove predecorated gypsum board which cannot be
restored to like-new condition. Provide new predecorated gypsum board.]
3.8 SHAFTWALL FRAMING
Install the shaftwall system in accordance with the system manufacturer's
published instructions. Coordinate bucks, anchors, blocking and other items
placed in or behind shaftwall framing with electrical and mechanical work.
Patch or replace fireproofing materials which are damaged or removed during
shaftwall construction.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 35 16 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 35 16 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 35 16
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT QUARRY TILING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for quarry tile with chemical resistant
grout and setting bed for use in medium to large
dining facilities and other areas subject to spillage
of acids or other chemicals.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, show:
1. Rooms, areas, or spaces to have chemical-
resistant quarry tile floors including under ranges,
kettles, and ovens and areas 600 mm (2 feet) beyond
such items, as well as 600 mm (2 feet) outside trough
areas; within dish-and pot-washing areas, food-
preparation areas, serving areas, and garbage rooms.
If quarry tile with conventional mortar and grout is
also included in the project, areas for each type
must be clearly indicated.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 2
2. Depressed concrete slabs, 16 mm for 13 mm (5/8
inch for 1/2 inch) tile and 22 mm for 19 mm (7/8 inch
for 3/4 inch) tile so that tile surfaces will align
with adjacent finish materials. See detail F 131-15
or F 133-15 in Tile Council of America Inc. Handbook
for Ceramic Tile Installation for recommended
details.
3. Slope of floors to drain.
4. Treatment at expansion joints in tiled floors.
5. Thresholds at doorways.
6. Details at floor sinks, floor drains,
intersections with walls, equipment bases, and trough
areas.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C267 (2001; R 2012) Chemical Resistance of
Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings
and Polymer Concretes
ASTM C395 (2001; R 2012) Chemical-Resistant Resin
Mortars
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 3
ASTM C413 (2011; R 2012) Absorption of Chemical-
Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic
Surfacings and Polymer Concretes
ASTM C658 (1998; R 2012) Chemical-Resistant Resin
Grouts for Brick or Tile
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
TILE COUNCIL OF NORTH AMERICA (TCNA)
TCNA Hdbk (2013) Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone
Tile Installation
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 4
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Quarry Tile; G[, [_____]]
Grout; G[, [_____]]
SD-04 Samples
Quarry Tile; G[, [_____]]
Grout; G[, [_____]]
SD-06 Test Reports
Grout; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Quarry Tile
Grout; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tile; S
Indoor Air Quality for Mortar and Grout; S
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the site in manufacturers' original unbroken packages
or containers plainly labeled with manufacturers' names and brands. Grade
mark tile containers. Store materials in dry locations. Handle materials
in a manner that will prevent inclusion of foreign materials and damage by
water, dampness, or temperature extremes. Store materials in area in which
they will be used at temperatures not lower than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F)
at least 24 hours before use.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 5
Do not start tile work unless ambient temperature of work area is at least
16 degrees C (60 degrees F) and rising, and slab temperature is not less
than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F). Maintain room and slab at these minimum
temperatures without interruption while work is in progress and for at least
3 days after completion of work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
2.1.1 Recycled Content for Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tiling Materials
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 MATERIALS
Provide materials conforming to the standards, specifications, and other
requirements listed below:
2.12.1 Quarry Tile
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Check availability of tile colors in the sizes
specified before specifying color. Also, check
availability of tile thickness before specifying.
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 6
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows the product is available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers
and regions have higher percentages. Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
TCNA Hdbk, standard grade, [_____] by [_____] [150 by 150 mm] ([6 by 6
inches]) by [minimum 13 mm (1/2 inch)] [_____] thick, color [indicated]
[selected by the Contracting Officer from the manufacturer's standard color
samples.] [Minimum thickness in Garbage Room must be 30 by 200 by 200 mm
(1-1/4 by 8 by 8 inches).] Quarry tile must have flat or serrated back.
Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tiling Materials must contain a minimum of
[3][10][_____] percent recycled content, as calculated by the sum of the
post-consumer plus 1/2 pre-consumer recycled content. Provide data
identifying percentage of recycled content for chemical-resistant quarry
tile.
2.12.1.1 Slip-Resistant Quarry Tile
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Slip-resistant quarry tile should be specified
for areas where food and water spillage cause the
floors to be slippery and hazardous (e.g.,
dishwashing areas, sculleries, food-preparation
areas).
***************************************************************************
Provide quarry tile for floors [of [_____]] that contain an abrasive
aggregate uniformly embedded into face surface of tile. Abrasive aggregate
must be fused aluminum oxide or other rustproof aggregate of comparable
hardness having a grain size smaller than 1.18 mm (16 mesh) and larger than
150 micrometers (100 mesh) (US Standard Sieve Sizes). Tile provided must
contain grains in the surface between 50 percent and 150 percent, on the
average by count, and as much aggregate as the approved samples.
2.12.1.2 Quarry Tile Trim Units
TCNA Hdbk standard grade. Provide cove base around perimeter of floors and
at vertical projections through floors. Provide bullnose trim around
depressions in floors. Provide rounded internal and external corners with
13 mm (1/2 inch) minimum radius using appropriate matching corner units.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 7
2.12.2 Chemical-Resistant Mortar and Grout
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Insert other items or areas subject to heat
beyond 54 degrees C (130 degrees F).
If a project design includes use of mortar and grout
products on the building interior (inside the
weatherproofing system), include the bracketed
paragraph requiring products with low emissions or
low VOC content properties. indoor air quality
certifications as defined in Part 1 of this
specification.
***************************************************************************
Provide chemical-resistant grout for quarry tile floors [in [_____]].
Provide a compatible system of setting bed and joint material from a single
source. In addition to the chemical resistance and physical properties
specified, conform mortar and grout to the following:
[Provide Mmortar and grout products used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meetmeeting either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for mortar and grout from certification body.]
2.12.2.1 Furan Mortar
ASTM C395. Either two-component or three-component is acceptable.
2.12.2.2 Furan Grout
ASTM C658.
2.12.2.3 Epoxy
ASTM C395 for setting tile grouted with furan.
2.12.2.4 Epoxy Mortar and Grout
TCNA Hdbk.
2.23 FACTORY TESTS
2.23.1 Chemical Resistance
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The chemicals and strengths are those
considered necessary for use in food preparation and
serving areas of medium to large dining facilities.
For other types of projects modify the list of
chemicals to reflect the exposure likely to be
encountered.
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 8
Test mortar and grout in accordance with ASTM C267 except as modified
herein. Immerse test specimens in the test solutions for 28 days, and
maintain solutions continuously at 79 degrees C (175 degrees F) for furan
and 60 degrees C (140 degrees F) for epoxy. The test specimens must not
change in weight more than 5 percent after immersion, or exhibit a
compressive strength of less than 90 percent of the compressive strength of
specimens that have aged in air at 21 to 26 degrees C (70 to 80 degrees F)
during conditioning period. Test for chemical resistance to the following
solutions:
a. Acetic acid, 5 percent
b. Citric acid, 5 percent
c. Lactic acid, 5 percent
d. Sodium hypochlorite, 5 percent
e. Trisodium phosphate, 5 percent
f. Household ammonia (test at room temperature)
g. Sugar, saturated solution
h. Vegetable oil
2.23.2 Physical Properties
After curing for 7 days at 21 to 26 degrees C (70 to 80 degrees F), the
mortar must:
a. have a water absorption of not more than 0.5 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM C413;
b. have a hardness of not less than 90 percent of its initial hardness
immediately before exposure, when tested after being exposed for 6
hours at 54 degrees C (130 degrees F) for epoxy resin mortar and 93
degrees C (200 degrees F) for furan resin mortar. Conduct hardness
tests on 10 by 19 mm (3/8 by 3/4 inch) samples with a Barcol Hardness
Tester, within 30 seconds after the samples are removed from the oven.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
Do not start tile work until rough-in for plumbing, heating, ventilating,
air conditioning, and electrical work has been completed and tested [and
membrane waterproofing has been installed and tested]. Protect the work of
other trades in area where tile work is to be done.
3.1.1 Preparation of Tile
***************************************************************************
NOTE: According to manufacturers, the prefinished
wax surface is no longer available. Factory-coated
units should be specified, if available, when
experience indicates that application of wax in the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 9
field is unsatisfactory. Used as a protector for
epoxy or furan grout - verify with the tile
manufacturer if this is avaialble. Once grouting is
complete, wax should be steamed off and removed.
When factory coated units are not selected, add
language to require the application of a sealer and
grout release agent per manufacturer's
recommendations.
***************************************************************************
[Factory coat] [Coat] with hot paraffin wax to produce a thin continuous
film on the face surfaces only of quarry tile units to be installed and
grouted with furan. Apply wax in such manner that it will not get on edges
or backs of tile. Handle tile in a manner that will prevent waxed surfaces
of units from touching the backs or edges of other units. Remove from the
job tile with wax on edges or backs. Verify that wax used is acceptable to
grout manufacturer. With flatback or serrated back tile use 6 mm (1/4 inch)
square notched trowel with notches on 13 mm (1/2 inch) centers.
3.1.2 Preparation of Concrete Floors for Setting Beds
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Where tile is to be installed, concrete slabs
should not have air entrainment or other additives in
the mix, nor sealers or curing compounds applied
without specific approval of mortar and grout
manufacturer. Slabs should have steel trowel and
fine broom finish and be free of laitance. In case
of any question on condition of slab, it should be
tested for bondability with a Dillon Dynamometer and
show a tensile bond of not less than 2068 kPa (300
psi). These requirements should be incorporated in
Section 03 30 00.00 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
***************************************************************************
Before tile is applied, test structural floor for levelness or uniformity of
slope by water. Fill, level, and retest areas as required to meet
tolerances specified in TCNA Hdbk and retest. When specified levelness or
uniformity of slope is obtained, prepare floors for setting bed in
accordance with TCNA Hdbk. Free floors of sealers, coatings, oil, dirt, and
dust. Prepare floors before application of resin mortar in accordance with
printed instructions and recommendations of the mortar manufacturer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Except where specified otherwise herein, apply materials in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instructions, including recommended safety
requirements.
3.2.1 Setting Bed
Using a plain (not serrated) trowel, apply a continuous setting bed of
chemical-resistant mortar, not less than 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick. Apply only
over a floor area that can be tiled during "open time" of mortar. Place
tile into setting bed and tap lightly to a true plane. Level tile as it is
placed. Maintain uniform tile joints of 6 mm (1/4 inch) minimum and 10 mm
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 35 16 Page 10
(3/8 inch) maximum width. Allow the setting bed to cure sufficiently to
anchor tile in place, but not less than 24 hours, at a floor temperature of
not less than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F). When furan setting bed is used,
first install a glass reinforced asphalt membrane. With flatback or
serrated back tile use trowel with 6 mm (1/4 inch) square notches on 13 mm
(1/2 inch) centers.
3.2.2 Tile Joints
After the setting bed has cured, fill tile joints with chemical-resistant
grout. Spread grout on surface of tile and work it into the open joints
with a trowel. Fill joints flush with top surfaces of tile. Remove excess
grout with one pass of a trowel or squeegee pulled diagonally across joints
in order to prevent imperfect filling and low joints. Immediately fill
voids, pinholes, and depressions with additional grout. Protect completed
joints from dampness. Permit grout to harden for not less than 72 hours.
Flush cure joints with tile edges; contour depression must not exceed 1.2 mm
for 6 mm (3/64 inch for 1/4 inch) wide joints or 2 mm for 10 mm (1/16 inch
for 3/8 inch) wide joints. Sealants for expansion joints provided by the
grout manufacturer must be compatible with grout and setting mortars.
Completely fill joints with no back up foam or rope. Install joints maximum
6000 mm (20 feet) on center above slab around room peripheries and columns
but not at drains.
3.2.3 Tile Installation
Install and grout tile with water cleanable tile setting and grouting epoxy
in accordance with TCNA Hdbk.
3.3 CLEANING
After grout has hardened, scrub and wash tile surfaces with steam or hot
water to melt wax coating and remove excess grout. Remove remnants of grout
with wide-bladed paint scraper or other tool that will not damage tile.
Rinse tile with clean warm water applied with a flat sponge. Remove excess
water from floor, and leave floor dry when work is completed. Remove tile
from which surface grout cannot be removed without damage to tile. Remove
damaged tile and provide new tile.
3.4 PROTECTION
Cover finished tile floors with clean building paper before permitting foot
traffic on them. Place board walkways on floors that are to be continuously
used as passageways by workmen.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 00 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding
UFGS-09 64 00 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 64 00
PORTABLE (DEMOUNTABLE) WOOD FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for portable (demountable) wood flooring
for use in enclosed multipurpose areas.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, show:
1. Elevation of top of concrete slab on which floor
system is to be installed
2. Location of equipment around which flooring is to
be installed
3. Locations of, and structural provisions for,
anchor-plate assemblies for sports equipment
4. Plan of floor system showing overall dimension of
portable panels, sizes and installation pattern of
floor panels, and game line markings
5. Storage spaces for floor panels and flat bed,
four-wheel storage trucks.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 2
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)
ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of
Sustainability 2015-2020
AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)
AWPA C1 (2003) All Timber Products - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Processes
AWPA C2 (2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine
Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure
Processes
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CSA GROUP (CSA)
CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management
FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 3
FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
Stewardship
MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)
MFMA AFSFSCL (2003) Athletic Floor Sealer and Finish
Specifications and Conformance List #22
MFMA GRHM (2000) Grading Rules for MFMA Northern
Hardwood Maple
PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)
PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of
Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)
SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,
Procedures and Guidance
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 4
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control
approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Flooring System
Submit drawings indicating the overall layout, the panel numbers,
and the complete details of the floor system. Include all assembly
and disassembly instructions.
SD-03 Product Data
Finish Wood Flooring
Floor Finish Material
Coating for Flooring Panels
SD-04 Samples
Wood Floor Unit; G[, [_____]]
Accessories
Submit one wood floor unit, consisting of two completely
finished, interlocked partial panels measuring 915 by 915 mm (36 by
36 inches).
SD-07 Certificates
[Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]
] Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Wood Flooring Unit Assembly
Wood Flooring Unit Storage
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 5
Finishing
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Finish Maintenance, Data Package 1; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
[Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Flooring; S
]Indoor Air Quality for Floor Finish Material; S
Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S
Indoor Air Quality for Coating for Flooring Panels; S
1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes
from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and
thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection
of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife
habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of
water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,
replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party
certification audits performed by accredited
certification bodies; 3) Publicly available
certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder
involvement in a standards development process; 5)
Complaints and appeals process.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition before specifying these sustainably
harvested wood certifications - if these conditions
are verified for the project locale, include the
following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete
certifications other than FSC; for all other projects
pursuing third-party certification allow the entire
list of third party certifications.
***************************************************************************
[1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS
STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program
certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of
Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying
organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with
chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood
certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.
Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 6
] 1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.3.2.1 Paints and Coatings
Provide products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.
1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Deliver floor materials to the building site in original containers,
properly assembled and thoroughly protected by providing flat-strapped wire,
fiberboard protectors, blocking, and bulkheading, as necessary. Before the
initial assembly and erection, store the floor materials under cover in a
well-ventilated, enclosed area so that the floor materials are not exposed
to extreme changes in temperature and humidity. Do not store the floor
materials in an enclosed area under construction until the concrete,
masonry, ceramic tile work, terrazzo, and plaster are dry.
1.5 STANDARD PRODUCT
Provide portable (demountable) wood flooring system product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such wood flooring
systems. Provide all accessories required for a finished installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying these certifications.
***************************************************************************
[2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this
section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed
in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;
identify those products that meet project requirements for certified
sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)(Low-Emitting Materials) for
Products
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 7
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 MATERIALS
2.12.1 Wood Framing Members
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Modify the pressure-preservative treatment
specified herein in accordance with the
recommendations made by the special assistant for
entomology and wood preservation assigned by NAVFAC
directives.
***************************************************************************
Use kiln-dried, 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inch) (nominal size), S4S, No. 1 common
and better Douglas fir or No. 2 dimension southern pine lumber. The
moisture content of the lumber must not exceed 15 percent. Provide
pressure-preservative treatment of the lumber in accordance with AWPA C1 and
AWPA C2.
2.12.2 Finish Wood Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select the appropriate flooring as follows:
First Grade--where fine appearance is desired, e.g.,
churches, offices, hospitals; Second and Better
Grade--stores, schools, factories, and other similar
locations; Third and Better Grade--recreation rooms,
factories, warehouses, grain storage bins, farm
buildings, and other similar locations.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
***************************************************************************
Provide flooring of hard maple (acer saccharum), graded in accordance with
the MFMA GRHM "Grading Rules for Hard Maple." Provide flooring of [26.2
mm(33/32 inch)] [19.8 mm(25/32 inch)] thickness with a 57 mm (2 1/4 inch)
face, kiln dried, continuous tongue-and groove, and end-matched. Clearly
stamp the flooring: [First Grade] [Second and Better Grade] [Third and
Better Grade]. Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde
resins. The moisture content of the flooring must not exceed 8 percent at
the time of arrival and must not be greater than [8 to 10] [8 to 9] percent
when installed.[ Provide certified sustainably harvested wood flooring.]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 8
2.12.3 Portable Flooring Subfloor
Provide subfloor of 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick fir or pine plywood, C-D grade
with exterior grade glue, Exposure 1.
2.12.4 Floor Finish Material
The floor finish material must be selected by the flooring manufacturer from
the latest MFMA AFSFSCL "Floor Finish List." The finish material must be
suitable for the service requirements imposed on the type of portable
flooring specified herein. Provide products certified to meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for floor finish material.
2.12.5 Kiln Drying
Only flooring which has been kiln dried will be considered to be standard
grade.
2.12.6 Edge Grain Flooring
Use edge grain hardwood flooring consisting of pieces with annual rings that
range from 30 degrees horizontal to 90 degrees vertical.
[2.12.7 Game Line Marking Materials
Use game line marking materials recommended by the wood floor finish
manufacturer. Provide products certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of indoor air quality
for game line marking materials.
]2.12.8 Nails
Use coated casing nails, screw nails, staples, or nailing cleats recommended
by the flooring manufacturer.
[2.12.9 Storage Trucks
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If trucks are to be used for storage of floor
panels, one truck will be required for each row of
floor panels. An 18 by 34 meter (A 60 by 112 foot)
floor will have 15 rows of floor panels, will require
15 storage trucks and 48 square meters (480 square
feet) of floor space for storage with each row
approximately 1065 mm (42 inches) high.
***************************************************************************
Use manufacturer-recommended flatbed, four-wheel roller-bearing trucks of
approximately 1200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 feet) on which to stack the panels.
]2.12.10 Coating for Flooring Panels
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 9
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use Group II finish for multipurpose, high-
wear areas; use Group III for floors to be utilized
solely for sports.
***************************************************************************
The coating must conform to MFMA AFSFSCL "Heavy-Duty and Gymnasium Finishes
for Maple, Beech, and Birch Floors"; Group [II] [III] finish. Provide
products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless
of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide
certification validation of indoor air quality for coating for flooring
panels.
2.12.11 Moisture, Insect, and Fungi Protection
Structural wood members must be treated for moisture and termite protection.
Prior to shipment, apply to the underside portion of the floor system,
including subflooring, a heavy coating of pigmented, moisture-repellent
resin paint with additives to control moisture absorption and to prevent
attack by termites and fungi.
2.23 FLOORING SYSTEM
2.23.1 Design
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The overall dimensions specified cover the
optimum floor size for an official basketball court
as required by the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA).
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The section of the project specification
pertaining to the subfloor should include the
requirement that the subfloor must not vary more than
6 mm (1/4 inch) within an area 3 by 3 meters (10 by
10 feet). If the intent is to install the portable
floor over an existing floor, specify the 6 mm (1/4
inch) tolerance in paragraph INSPECTION OF THE
SUBFLOORS.
***************************************************************************
Design and construct the system for use over [a concrete floor slab as
specified in Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.] [a wood subfloor as
specified in Section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY.] [an ice rink surface.] [a
synthetic floor surface.] Provide flooring system consisting primarily of
1200 by 2400 mm and 1200 by 1200 mm (4 by 8 foot and 4 by 4 foot) self-
aligning and interlocking panels. Each panel must consist of hardwood strip
flooring nailed to subflooring which is nailed to rigid lumber frames.
2.23.2 Assembly and Construction
Provide an assembled floor that is properly aligned, smooth, level and with
the overall appearance of being a permanent floor. Bolts, screws or other
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 10
fastening or locking devices must not be visible on the floor surface.
Design and construct the flooring panels in a manner affording simple and
recurrent assembling, interlocking, disassembling, and storing without the
use of special tools or equipment. Ensure that all like panels are
interchangeable and replaceable. The method of panel assembling and locking
must preclude inadvertent disassembling under all types of playing
conditions. Where they are used, the projecting tongues interlocking the
flooring sections must be wood, metal, metal-clad, or another material
approved by the Contracting Officer.
2.34 SHOP FABRICATION AND PREASSEMBLY
2.34.1 Framing
Use jigs for each fabrication operation to provide for maximum accuracy.
Space the framing members at a maximum of 300 mm (12 inches) on center.
Fasten the framing members and blocking from the top. The bottom surfaces
of the framing and blocking must be free of protrusions or sharp edges that
could prevent proper seating of the finished panel or could prevent stacking
of the panels for storage or shipment. Provide frames rigid, square, level,
and true.
2.34.2 Finished Flooring
Lay the finished flooring over [the subflooring and] the framing members,
running the flooring parallel with the long dimensions of the panels.
Stagger the adjacent ends of the flooring strips so that there will be at
least two strips of flooring between the joints.
2.34.2.1 Fastening the Finished Flooring
Fasten the finished flooring to [the subflooring and] the framing members
with coated nails, screw nails, staples, or nailing cleats. Fasten each
strip of flooring at each bearing. Provide for any normal expansion,
contraction, or aeration in each panel.
2.34.3 Preassembly
Prior to shipment, preassemble the entire floor at the factory with all
panels interlocked, and prepare for the sanding and finishing operations
specified herein. Maintain proper temperatures and humidity conditions
necessary to retain the quality of the flooring. During the preassembling
of the flooring, note any inaccuracies, misalignments, or other defects, and
make the necessary corrections before shipping the panels. Letter or number
each panel on its the ends to indicate its position in the assembling of the
floor.
2.45 [SHOP] [FIELD] SANDING, FINISHING, AND MARKING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If it is preferred to have the sanding,
finishing, and marking performed at the jobsite, the
specification should be modified accordingly.
***************************************************************************
2.45.1 Sanding
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 11
Machine sand the surface of the wood floor and edging using coarse, medium,
and fine grades of sandpaper, respectively, to provide for smooth and level
surfaces. Following this perform a final disc sanding of the wood floor.
2.45.2 Finishing
Within 24 hours after the final sanding, sweep the floor clean using a tacky
rag with a solvent recommended by the manufacturer of the floor finish
material. Apply a liberal coat of sealer to the floor, and thoroughly dry
and burnish the floor with No. 2 steel wool using an industrial-type power
machine. Repeat this procedure with each coat, as specified in MFMA AFSFSCL
specifications. [After the final burnishing but prior to the application of
the final two finish coats, lay out and mark the game lines as specified
herein. After the game lines are thoroughly dry, apply the final two finish
coats.]
[2.45.3 Game Line Marking
[Striping and patterns must be completed in the manufacturing plant. ]Lay
out the game lines [,] [and the fields, ][and the patterns,] as indicated,
masking the edges to provide for sharp, clean edges. Provide straight edges
and uniform widths. Apply the markings of colors as indicated, providing a
minimum dry film thickness of one mil.
]PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION OF THE SUBFLOORS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The section of the project specification
pertaining to the subfloor should include the
requirement that the subfloor must not vary more than
6 mm (1/4 inch) within an area 3 by 3 meters (10 by
10 feet). If the intent is to install the portable
floor over an existing floor, specify the 6 mm (1/4
inch) tolerance in paragraph INSPECTION OF THE
SUBFLOORS.
***************************************************************************
Do not install portable floor systems on subfloors having defects that could
prevent proper installation. Before the initial installation of the floor,
correct all defects in the subfloor.
3.2 FIELD ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, DISASSEMBLY, AND STORAGE
Do not install the floor in an enclosed area under construction until the
concrete, masonry, ceramic tile work, terrazzo, and plaster are dry. Do not
install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
3.2.1 Assembly and Installation
Assemble and install the entire floor system at the designated location.
Unless directed otherwise, leave the floor system in place for a minimum of
one week to permit inspection by the Contracting Officer.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 00 Page 12
3.2.2 Disassembly
After the floor system has been inspected and accepted, disassemble the
floor system in the manner prescribed by the floor system manufacturer.
Correct all deficiencies prior to the storage of the floor system.
3.2.3 Storage
Following the disassembling of the floor system, store the panels within the
enclosed area at the location(s) [indicated] [designated by the Contracting
Officer] and in accordance with the floor system manufacturer's printed
instructions.
3.3 SCHEDULE
Metric measurements in this section are based on mathematical conversion of
English unit measurement, and not on metric measurement commonly agreed to
by the manufacturers or other parties. The English and metric units for the
measurements shown are as follows:
Products English Units Metric Units
Framing members 2 by 3 inches nominal 50 by 75 mm
Flooring 33/32 inch 26.2 mm
25/32 inch 19.8 mm
2-1/4 inches 57 mm
Plywood 1/2 inch 12.7 mm
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 23 (August 2016)
Change 1 - 08/17
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 64 23 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 64 23
WOOD PARQUET FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for wood parquet flooring systems.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, show:
1. Location and extent of wood parquet flooring.
2. Where flooring is to be installed on concrete
slab, indicate elevation of the top(s) of concrete
slab.
3. Locations of equipment, columns, and other
permanent obstructions adjoining flooring and around
which flooring is to be laid.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 2
4. Floor pattern that differs from conventional
checkerboard pattern and is not defined by file
sample.
5. Profile of shoe mold.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)
ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of
Sustainability 2015-2020
APA - THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION (APA)
APA E30 (2016) Engineered Wood Construction Guide
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-
Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing
ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical
Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using
a Radiant Heat Energy Source
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 3
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CSA GROUP (CSA)
CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management
FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
Stewardship
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD AND VENEER ASSOCIATION (HPVA)
HPVA EF (2012) American National Standard for
Engineered Wood Flooring
NATIONAL WOOD FLOORING ASSOCIATION (NWFA) (formerly NOFMA)
NOFMA Grading Rules (1999) Official Flooring Grading Rules
PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)
PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of
Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements
RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)
FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)
SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,
Procedures and Guidance
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 4
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Hardwood Parquet Flooring
SD-04 Samples
Hardwood Parquet Flooring
SD-07 Certificates
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 5
Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Accessories and Supporting Materials
Adhesive
Finish
Premolded Cork Strips
Polyurethane Coating
Wax Finish
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Flooring Materials; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Certified Sustainably Harvested Hardwood Parquet Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Hardwood Parquet Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Wax Finish Material; S
Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Adhesive; S
Warranty
1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes
from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and
thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection
of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife
habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of
water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,
replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party
certification audits performed by accredited
certification bodies; 3) Publicly available
certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder
involvement in a standards development process; 5)
Complaints and appeals process.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition before specifying these sustainably
harvested wood certifications - if these conditions
are verified for the project locale, include the
following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 6
certifications other than FSC; for all other projects
pursuing third-party certification allow the entire
list of third party certifications.
***************************************************************************
[1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS
STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program
certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of
Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying
organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with
chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood
certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.
Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.
]1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this subpart requiring low VOC content
products when product will be located in offices or
classrooms
***************************************************************************
[1.3.2.1 Floor Covering Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this subpart requiring low VOC content
products when product will be located in offices or
classrooms
***************************************************************************
Provide hardwood parquet flooring product certified to meet indoor air
quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global
Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or validation by
other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this
paragraphSection. Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
]1.3.2.2 Paints and Coatings
Provide primer product certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by
UL 2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or
provide certification or validation by other third-party program that
products meet the requirements of this Section.Provide wax finish and primer
products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless
of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide
current product certification documentation from certification body.
1.3.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants
Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL
2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 7
certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet
the requirements of this Section.Provide sealants and non-aerosol adhesive
products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) that are certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the building site in original, unopened packages,
bundles, or containers. Protect materials against dampness during shipment
and after delivery. Store materials under cover in a well ventilated
building where materials will not be exposed to extreme changes of
temperature and humidity. Do not store materials in buildings under
construction until all wet-applied building materials are dry. Do not open
packages, bundles, or containers until the flooring is to be installed.
Remove rejected material from Government property. Keep materials wrapped
and separated from off-gassing materials, such as paints and adhesives. Do
not use materials that have visible moisture or biological growth.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Control of temperature and humidity prior to
laying flooring is necessary to prevent buckling and
cupping. Since climatic conditions vary due to
geographical location and the trend is toward natural
ventilation for energy conservation, it is imperative
to check with flooring manufacturer and local
installers to determine correct temperature and
humidity ranges for the project area.
***************************************************************************
Store the parquet flooring in the building or space where the parquet
flooring is to be laid for a minimum of 3 days to allow absorbed moisture to
evaporate. Separate the wood parquet so that all pieces are exposed to the
air during this 3-day period to allow uniform acclimation. Maintain the
temperature of the building or space between [21 and 10] [[_____] and
[_____]] degrees C ([70 and 50] [[_____] and [_____]] degrees F), and
maintain the relative humidity between [30 and 65] [[_____] and [_____]]
percent. Maintain the preceding temperatures and humidity conditions
throughout the installation period.
1.6 SCHEDULING
Schedule parquet flooring work after completion of any other work which
would raise the moisture content of the flooring or damage the finished
surface of the flooring. See PART 3 for additional scheduling requirements.
1.7 WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that
extend beyond a one-year period.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 8
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying these certifications.
***************************************************************************
Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this
section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed
in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;
identify those products that meet project requirements for certified
sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 FLOORING MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select the type of flooring to be used on the
appropriate project design requirements,
availability, and relative cost. The method of
specifying the pattern is optional, but the "file
sample" is recommended for projects for which the
design is sensitive.
Acrylic impregnated hardwood floors are recommended
for commercial type facilities. Prefinished urethane
and stain/wax prefinishes are normally for
residential or light commercial usage.
Choice of critical radiant flux level as it applies
to building type and area of application will be made
in accordance with the latest edition of UFC 3-600-01
or NFPA 101. Wherever the use of Class II (0.22
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 9
watts) finish is required, Class I (0.45 watts) will
be permitted.
Critical radiant flux will be a minimum average of
0.45 watts when used in corridors in bachelor
enlisted quarters, bachelor officer quarters,
hospital, child care centers, temporary lodging
facilities, and new construction detention and
correctional facilities. Generally the critical
radiant flux will be a minimum of 0.22 for corridors
of other type facilities. Where an approved
automatic sprinkler system is installed, Class II
interior floor finish may be used where Class I floor
finish is required, and where Class II is required,
no critical radiant flux rating is required. Omit
sentence if not applicable.
Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
Include last bracketed sentences requiring
certification for indoor air quality when product
will be located in offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Provide hardwood parquet flooring conforming to NOFMA Grading Rules. [The
flooring must match the color and pattern of the sample on file at the
office of the Contracting Officer.] [Pattern must be [_____] [as
indicated].] Hardwood flooring in corridors and exits must have a minimum
average critical radiant flux of [0.22] [0.45] watts per square centimeter
when tested in accordance with ASTM E648. Provide wood products with no
added urea-formaldehyde resins. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data,
documentation stating physical characteristics and flame resistance,
installation instructions and [two] [_____] samples of each type of parquet
flooring. Provide samples, minimum 300 x 300 mm (12 x 12 inches). Submit
statement from the manufacturer attesting that the materials meet the
specified requirements. The statement must be dated after the award of the
contract, stating the Contractor's name and address, showing the name of the
project and location, and listing the specific requirements being certified.
Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE DATA. [Provide certified sustainably harvested hardwood parquet
flooring.][
Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for hardwood parquet flooring.]
2.12.1 Laminated Block Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of
wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,
based on quality required and compatibility with
color desired or selected for the file sample. Size
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 10
of units will depend on pattern selected and should
be stated.
***************************************************************************
HPVA EF, plain face, factory finished. Fabricate face veneer of each block
from [hard maple,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [birch,] [ash,] [beech,]
[walnut,] [or] [cherry]. Provide [_____] mm (inches) by [_____] mm (inches)
flooring units.
2.12.2 Slat Block Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of
wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,
based on quality required and compatibility with
color desired or selected for the file sample. Size
of units will depend on pattern selected and should
be stated.
***************************************************************************
APA E30, unfinished, Select and Better Grade, fabricated from [hard maple,]
[teak,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [ash,] [walnut,] [or] [cherry]. Provide
finishing at the site as specified herein. Provide [_____] mm (inches) by
[_____] mm(inches) flooring units.
2.12.3 Solid Block Flooring
2.12.3.1 Grading
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of
wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,
based on quality required and compatibility with
color desired or selected for the file sample. Size
of units will depend on pattern selected and should
be stated.
***************************************************************************
[[Red oak] [or] [white oak] fabricated into [prime] [Standard and Better]]
[or] [[hard maple,] [beech,] [or] [birch] fabricated into [First] [Second
and Better]] Grade blocks, free from defects and discolorations. Blocks
shall be graded in accordance with the rules of the association governing
the grading of the species used.
2.12.3.2 Construction
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Quarter-sawn oak and edge-grain maple wear
better, but the plain-sawn and flat-grain cuts are
adequate and should be allowed for most projects.
***************************************************************************
[Oak must be quarter-sawn [or plain-sawn].] [Maple must be edge-grain [or
flat-grain].] Fasten the strips composing each block together tightly in a
manner that will maintain the integrity of the block. Each block must have
a standard flooring tongue or corresponding matching grooves on each of the
four edges, so arranged that the blocks can be laid in the conventional
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 11
checkerboard pattern with the strips of each block at right angles to the
strips of the adjacent blocks. The back of each strip in the block may be
flat or channeled. Face edges of blocks must not be beveled.
2.12.3.3 Dimensions
***************************************************************************
NOTE: When red or white oak is specified, specify
tolerances of plus or minus 0.80 mm (1/32 inch) in
length and plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch) in
width. When other species are specified, use first
bracketed phrase.
***************************************************************************
Blocks must be 228.6 mm (9 inches) square [plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch)
in length and width] [plus or minus0.80 mm (1/32 inch) in length and plus or
minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch) in width] and must be not less than 19 mm (3/4-
inch) thick. The length of the face diagonals of each block must be within
0.80 mm (1/32 inch) to ensure squareness.
2.12.3.4 Moisture Content
Not less than 5 percent or more than 12 percent at time of shipment.
2.12.3.5 Finish
[Apply finish at the factory.] [Ship flooring to the site with a smooth
surface without applied finish. Provide finish specified herein at the
site.]
2.12.4 Premolded Cork Strips
Cork strips must be the same depth as the flooring and of width recommended
by flooring manufacturer.
2.12.5 Accessories and Supporting Materials
Submit manufacturer's safety data sheets for adhesives, finishes, and other
materials which may be considered hazardous because of toxicity,
flammability, VOC's, or reactivity.
2.12.5.1 Wax Finish
As recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide certification of indoor
air quality for wax finish material.
2.12.5.2 Asphalt Saturated Felt
ASTM D226/D226M.
2.12.5.3 Adhesive
Waterproof, suitable for use with [subflooring] [underlayment] used, and as
recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide non-aerosol adhesive products
used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) that are certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 12
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification of indoor air quality for adhesive.
2.12.5.4 Primer
Primer shall be of a type recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide
primer product certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification of Indoor Air Quality for Primer.
2.12.5.5 Shoe Molds
[Hard maple,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [ash,] [beech,] [birch,] [walnut,]
[or] [cherry]. Shape and size as indicated. Prefinish shoe molds to match
flooring.
2.23 FLOORING SYSTEMS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select flooring system to be used.
***************************************************************************
2.23.1 Flooring on Concrete Slabs
The system consists of the application of block flooring on concrete slabs
by means of adhesive.
2.23.2 Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]
The system consists of the application of block flooring on [subflooring]
[underlayment]. The provision of [subflooring] [underlayment] is specified
in Section [_____]. The application of block flooring must be by means of
[nails] [adhesive].
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If flooring is to be applied on slab-on-ground
construction, site grading and drainage should be
such that water will not collect under slab. A
polyethylene vapor barrier of not less than 0.15 mm
(6 mils) thick and at least 150 mm (6 inches) of
porous fill consisting of clean, washed gravel graded
from 19 to 38 mm (3/4 inch to 1-1/2 inch) sizes
should be specified in Division 3. A single-ply,
asphalt-saturated felt or 0.15 mm (6 mil)
polyethylene film set in asphalt may be applied to
top of slab if acceptable to flooring manufacturer.
Add to this paragraph, if warranted.
***************************************************************************
3.1.1 Concrete Slabs
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 13
Do not install flooring on surfaces that are unsuitable for proper
installation. Before work is begun, correct defects such as rough or
scaling concrete, low spots and high spots, uneven surfaces, and all damaged
portions of concrete slabs. If concrete curing compounds or surface sealers
have been applied to the concrete slabs, remove the compounds and sealers
from the slabs by an approved method. Concrete slabs must be level [within
tolerance specified in the Section [03 30 00.00 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE]
[03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE]] [within a tolerance of 2 mm/meter (0.25
inch per 10 feet).]
3.1.2 [Underlayment] [Subflooring]
Repair damaged portions, and replace defective boards with sound boards;
renail loose or warped boards, and drive protruding or loose nails flush.
3.1.3 Adhesive-Applied Wood Flooring on Concrete Slab
Clean concrete floor slabs that are to receive flooring. Remove spots of
[paint,] [plaster,] [masonry droppings,] grease, dirt, and other foreign
matter.
3.1.4 Nailed Wood Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]
Cover [subflooring] [underlayment] over which nailed wood flooring is to be
laid with a layer of asphalt saturated felt. Lap all edges at least 50 mm
(2 inches).
3.1.5 Adhesive-Applied Wood Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]
Prepare [subflooring] [underlayment] in accordance with the printed
instructions of the flooring manufacturer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Do not install flooring until other work that might cause damage to flooring
has been completed, until all wet work is completed and has cured for [14]
[_____] days, and until exterior openings are closed. Cure new concrete
slabs to receive flooring a minimum of 60-days before application of
flooring. Perform flooring installation, including sanding and finishing,
in conformance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide mechanical
ventilation of area receiving flooring as required to maintain
concentrations of toxic gases and explosive vapors below permissible levels.
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
3.2.1 Flooring on Concrete Slabs
Apply block flooring on concrete slabs in accordance with the flooring
manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.2.2 Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Wood or plywood subflooring or hardboard
underlayment should be specified in Section 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY of the project specifications.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 23 Page 14
***************************************************************************
[In applying wood blocks with nails, lay blocks with close joints when
nailing to [subflooring] [underlayment]. Drive blocks firmly together, and
blind-nail each block.] [In applying block flooring with an adhesive, use
the materials and follow the methods stipulated in the manufacturer's
printed instructions.]
3.2.3 Expansion Spaces
Provide expansion spaces at walls and partitions. Size expansion spaces as
recommended by flooring manufacturer. Install premolded cork strips in
expansion spaces in accordance with flooring manufacturer's directions.
[3.2.4 Shoe Molds
Nail shoe molds to baseboards. [Baseboards are specified in Section
[_____].]
]3.3 SANDING AND FINISHING [SLAT] [SOLID] BLOCK FLOORING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Coordinate these requirements with Section 09
90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS of the project
specifications.
If prefinished flooring is used, delete this
paragraph.
***************************************************************************
3.3.1 Sanding
Sand and buff floors to smooth and level surface, free of sanding marks and
in proper condition to receive the finish specified. After final sanding
and buffing, vacuum or tack floors in accordance with finish manufacturer's
recommendations. Wipe off foot marks.
3.3.2 Finishing
After final sanding and buffing have been completed, apply two coats of
finish; use polyurethane coating recommended by flooring manufacturer for
type and specie of wood flooring specified. When floors are dry, apply two
coats of wax, unless otherwise recommended in writing by manufacturer of
flooring. Spread at rate of 0.07 L/10 square meters (one gallon per 1,500
square feet). Within 15 to 30 minutes after wax application, polish floors
with weighted floor brush or electric polisher.
3.4 PROTECTION
After completion of laying [and the finishing and drying] of floors, cover
flooring immediately with nonstaining kraft building paper. Lap and tape
edges of paper. At project completion and acceptance, carefully take up and
remove the protective paper.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 29 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 64 29 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 64 29
WOOD STRIP AND PLANK FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for wood strip and plank flooring for
gymnasiums, handball and squash courts, and other
special purpose applications.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Wood strip flooring is very sensitive to
ambient humidity conditions since all wood flooring
will expand and contract as relative humidity varies.
In order to keep the flooring manufacturer's warranty
valid after installation, the areas in which the wood
floors are installed must be adequately ventilated
with natural or mechanical air circulation at all
times during the life of the flooring.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 2
If prior experience at the site indicates that
relative humidity during sustained heating periods
will fall below 35 percent, the office in charge of
building maintenance should provide equipment to
introduce moisture into the floored area when
required; conversely, if relative humidity increases
to 50 percent or higher at any time, measures should
be taken to dry the floored area, including turning
on the heat.
At sites with humidity problems, the maintenance of
the flooring may require: 1) The design of a
localized HVAC system to also react to and
automatically control ambient humidity conditions
through the life of the flooring; or 2) Continuous
monitoring of relative humidity with on the spot
corrective actions, as needed, without altering the
HVAC system. These alternatives could be very
expensive or impractical. The designer, in the
absence of local experience, should coordinate with
local manufacturers to specify compatible floorings
which have performed well locally; that is, the
designer should check gymnasiums in the area when
building a gymnasium floor; the same for handball
courts, etc. Of course, the designer has the option
of purchasing commercially available floating or
sleeper systems specifically designed to reduce the
possibility of buckling and cupping brought on by
moisture buildup or specifying other types of
flooring when a cost analysis (including all HVAC
variations) indicates that wood strip flooring is not
economical.
***************************************************************************
This specification is written to allow the Contractor to build wood strip
floorings for gymnasiums, handball and squash courts, and other special
purpose applications but does not preclude the installation of competitive,
manufacturer standard, integrated systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 3
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)
ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of
Sustainability 2015-2020
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D41/D41M (2011; R 2016) Standard Specification for
Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,
and Waterproofing
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CSA GROUP (CSA)
CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management
FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
Stewardship
MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)
MFMA GS (1999) Guide Specifications for Maple
Flooring Systems
NATIONAL WOOD FLOORING ASSOCIATION (NWFA) (formerly NOFMA)
NOFMA Grading Rules (1999) Official Flooring Grading Rules
PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)
PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of
Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements
RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)
FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 4
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)
SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,
Procedures and Guidance
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
1.3 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 5
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Squash and Handball Court Walls; G[, [_____]]
Strip Flooring; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Strip Flooring
Bamboo
Installation
SD-04 Samples
Strip And Plank Flooring
SD-07 Certificates
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Indoor Air Quality
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Bamboo Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Pads; S
Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Mastic; S
Biobased Content for Bamboo Flooring; S
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 6
1.4 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes
from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and
thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection
of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife
habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of
water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,
replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party
certification audits performed by accredited
certification bodies; 3) Publicly available
certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder
involvement in a standards development process; 5)
Complaints and appeals process.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition before specifying these sustainably
harvested wood certifications - if these conditions
are verified for the project locale, include the
following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete
certifications other than FSC; for all other projects
pursuing third-party certification allow the entire
list of third party certifications.
***************************************************************************
[1.4.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS
STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program
certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of
Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying
organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with
chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood
certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.
Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.
]1.4.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this subparagraph requiring low VOC
content products when product will be located in
offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
[1.4.2.1 Floor Covering Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this subparagraph requiring low VOC
content products when product will be located in
offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 7
Provide wood strip and plank flooring, bamboo flooring, and resilient pad
products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL
2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide
certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet
the requirements of this paragraphSection. Product must meet emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
] 1.4.2.2 Paints and Coatings
Provide asphalt primer product certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.4.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants
Provide asphalt mastic products certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the site in original unopened packages, bundles or
containers and with all labels intact. Store flooring in fully covered,
well ventilated areas protected from extreme changes in temperature and
humidity. Flooring shall be maintained at an average moisture content of 6
to 9 percent. Temperature and humidity in the storage area shall closely
approximate the temperature and humidity of the rooms in which the flooring
is to be installed.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The values stated in the guide specification
for moisture content of the flooring and for the
humidity and temperature of the space where the
flooring will be installed are those which are
generally suitable. When local experience has proven
that values differing from those included in the
guide specification are necessary because of
geographical location or seasonal weather conditions,
appropriate values will be substituted for the values
stated in the guide specification.
***************************************************************************
Provide permanent heating and air conditioning, installed and working, in
rooms where wood flooring is to be installed or adequate arrangements for
ventilation and temperature controls. The temperature shall be maintained
at 14 to 27 degrees C (55 to 80 degrees F) and the humidity shall be
maintained [at [40] [_____] percent] [as recommended by the manufacturer]
starting not less than 3 days prior to beginning the installation of
flooring and continuing throughout the remainder of the contract period.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 8
1.7 SCHEDULING
Schedule strip and plank flooring work after any other work which would
raise the moisture content of the flooring or damage the finished surface of
the flooring.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content of Wood Strip and Plank Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
][2.1.2 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying these certifications.
***************************************************************************
Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this
section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed
in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;
identify those products that meet project requirements for certified
sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
][2.1.3 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS)
for Products
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 9
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
][2.1.4 Bio-based Content for Bamboo Products
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with biobased content where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product biobased content
requirements. A resource that can be used to
identify products with biobased content is the
"Catalog" tab within the USDA's "Biopreferred"
website at http://www.biopreferred.gov. Other
products with biobased content are also acceptable
when meeting all requirements of this specification.
***************************************************************************
Biobased content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed in this section may be
available with biobased content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for biobased content and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
]2.12 STRIP FLOORING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Designer will select appropriate species and
will permit maximum competition wherever possible;
however, gymnasiums will be limited to hard maple.
Flooring of 26 mm 33/32 inch) thickness should be
considered when floors will be subjected to hard
service and frequent sanding.
***************************************************************************
2.12.1 General Requirements
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 10
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows the product is available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers
and regions have higher percentages. Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
Include last bracketed sentences requiring
certification for indoor air quality when product
will be located in offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Strip and plank flooring must be [19] [26] mm ([3/4] [33/32] inch) thick by
55 mm (2-1/4 inch) face width, kiln dried, continuous tongue and groove and
of standard lengths. Beech and birch shall be second grade in accordance
with NOFMA Grading Rules[ and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and
plank flooring]. Hard maple must be second and better in accordance with
MFMA GS [and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and plank flooring].
Red and white oak must be select grade in accordance with NOFMA Grading
Rules [and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and plank flooring].
Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Strip
flooring must be marked with the trademark of the grading agency. Submit
two samples of each type of strip and plank flooring. [Wood Strip Flooring
must contain a minimum of [90][_____] percent reclaimed, salvaged, and
recycled wood. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for
wood strip and plank flooring.][
Provide flooring product meeting emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for wood strip and plank
flooring.]
[2.12.2 Bamboo
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use of materials, such as bamboo, with bio-
based content is required where suitable for
application and cost effective. Designer must
vVerify suitability, availability within the region,
cost effectiveness and adequate competition
(including verification of bracketed percentages
included in this section) before specifying product
bio-based content requirements. A resource that can
be used to identify products with bio-based content
is the "Catalog" tab within the USDA's "Biopreferred"
website at http://www.biopreferred.gov. Use of other
products which meet all requirements of this
specification and contain bio-based content is also
acceptable."
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 11
Include last bracketed sentences requiring
certification for indoor air quality when product
will be located in offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Bamboo flooring must be laminated, tongue-and-groove plank flooring, [16 to
19 mm (5/8 to 3/4 inch) thick, 2- or 3-ply, flat grain with horizontal
laminations] [13 mm (1/2 inch) thick with vertical laminations]. Provide
bamboo products with minimum 91[75][____] percent bio-based content. Submit
data identifying percentage of biobased content for bamboo flooring.[
Provide flooring product meeting emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for bamboo flooring.]
]2.23 NAILS
Provide nails in accordance with strip flooring manufacturer's
recommendations.
2.34 RESILIENT PADS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include last bracketed sentences requiring
certification for indoor air quality when product
will be located in offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Resilient pads must be pneumatic rubber, PVC, or polyurethane resilient
mounts to fit the selected floor system. [Provide product meeting emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air
quality for resilient pads.]
2.45 WALL BASE
Wall base must be wood molding or vented cove with premolded outside corners
and mitered inside corners.
2.56 MOISTURE BARRIER
Moisture barrier must be 0.15 mm (6 mil) minimum thickness polyethylene.
2.67 CLIPS, ANCHOR CHANNELS AND INSULATION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this paragraph when channel anchorage
system is specified. Channel anchorage system will
be included as an option to wood nailers for
gymnasium floors.
***************************************************************************
Galvanized steel clips for steel channel anchorage systems must be in
accordance with steel channel anchorage system manufacturer's
recommendations. Clips must be designed to provide holding at least equal
to the nailing specified and shall function without splitting the assembled
boards or otherwise reducing the performance of the floor. Anchor channels
must be as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Anchor channels must
be galvanized, complete with all pads, anchors and other components required
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 12
for channel installation. Underfloor insulation must be asphalt impregnated
fiberboard or closed-cell polyethylene foam.
2.78 ASPHALT PRIMER
ASTM D41/D41M. Provide asphalt primer product certified to meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for asphalt primer.
2.89 ASPHALT MASTIC
As recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Provide asphalt mastic
products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless
of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide
certification validation of indoor air quality for asphalt mastic.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
Concrete slab must be level, steel troweled to a tolerance of 3 mm (1/8
inch)plus or minus in a 3 m (10 foot) radius. Slab surface must be clean,
dry, and approved prior to start of installation. The slab must be
depressed as required by the floor specified.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Install flooring in accordance with the approved installation instructions
of the manufacturer. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data and
installation instructions. Wood nailers are specified in Section 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY. Unless otherwise approved, flooring must be laid parallel
to the length of the area to be floored. Strips must be laid [with close
joints, snugly driven up but providing for absorption of a small amount of
expansion] [to allow for intermediate expansion in accordance with humidity
conditions expected during the life of the flooring]. End joints must be so
alternated that there will be at least two boards between end joints in the
same plane and at least 150 mm (6 inches) between end joints in adjacent
boards. Space for expansion must be left along perimeter walls and around
fixed projections through the floor surface. Unless otherwise shown or
permitted by the approved installation instructions, expansion space shall
be 5 mm per meter (1/16 inch per foot) of distance between opposite walls,
with one half the space provided at each wall and with a minimum space of 25
mm (1 inch) at each wall.
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
3.2.1 Gymnasium Floors
3.2.1.1 Wood Sleepers
For wood sleeper supported floors, the slab must be vapor-sealed with a two-
ply membrane and hot-poured, steep-slope asphalt to a minimum depth of 6 mm
(1/4 inch) above bottom of sleepers. Anchored, treated wood sleepers must
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 13
be spaced at 400 mm (16 inches) on center with wood or plywood subfloor or,
if required by design considerations, wood sleepers at 300 mm (12 inches) on
centers without subfloor and with 26 mm (33/32 inch) thick flooring. Space
between rows of wood sleepers must be left vacant. Expansion joints must be
50 mm (2 inches) maximum.
3.2.1.2 Steel Channels
Galvanized steel channel system must be placed on manufacturer's standard
grooved foam or grooved resilient insulation board. Expansion joints must
be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2.2 Handball Court Floor and Walls
Strip flooring used for floors and walls in handball courts must be laid out
to provide an overall light appearance; contrast from one board to the next
must be gradual in order to avoid dark streaks.
3.2.3 Squash and Handball Court Walls
Maximum space for expansion must be 50 mm (2 inches) at each wall.
Expansion joints over 25 mm (1 inch) and expansion joints for steel channel-
strip flooring application must be detailed and the drawings, showing the
method of covering, submitted for approval.
3.2.3.1 Wood Supports
Anchored wood supports must be used to keep the treated wood sleepers
shimmed away from the wall to provide ventilation. Wood sleepers must be
spaced at 400 mm (16 inches) on center. Exterior grade plywood 15 mm (5/8
inch) thick, with two coats of aluminum enamel on the back side in
accordance with Section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY, must be used for vapor
seal and sound deadener.
3.2.3.2 Steel Supports
Anchored, galvanized, steel channel supports must be used with steel channel
system; steel channels must be spaced at 300 mm (12 inches) on center. The
space between the supporting wall and the back of the finished wall must be
filled to within 300 mm (12 inches) of the ceiling with an approved hot-
poured, steep-slope asphalt as the construction of the wall progresses. As
an option to the asphalt-backed wall construction when 26 mm (33/32 inch)
thick flooring is used, the wall must be vapor sealed with a 0.15 mm (6 mil)
thickness of polyethylene sheeting prior to application to steel channels
and the space between the supporting wall and the back of the finished wall
must be filled with insulation as used for the floor.
3.3 SANDING
Sand flooring to a smooth, even, uniform finish without burns. Make a
minimum of three sanding cuts, each with a finer sandpaper. Use a heavy
drum-type sander for floors, except a disc-type sander is permitted for the
final cut on strip flooring. Either the first pass or the second pass of
the drum-type sander shall be at an angle of 45 degrees to the grain; other
passes of the drum-type sander shall be in the direction of the grain of
strip flooring. Finish edges not reached by the sander with an edger or by
hand methods. Perform the final sanding at a time and in a manner that will
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 29 Page 14
permit application of the first seal coat as specified in Section 09 90 00
PAINTS AND COATINGS to be completed within 8 hours after completion of
sanding. Leave the flooring clean and ready to receive the finishing
materials.
3.4 PROTECTION
Protect flooring from damage from the time of installation until final
acceptance.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 66 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding
UFGS-09 64 66 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 64 66
WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for five gymnasium-type hardwood strip
flooring systems.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This specification is intended for use in
gymnasiums and for other similar uses and purposes.
Guidance for selection of a system can be made based
on the recommended applications, local availability
or costs as shown in Selection Guidance Table in
paragraph entitled "Hardwood Strip Flooring Systems
on Concrete Slab." Construction of squash and
handball court walls is not within the scope of this
specification.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: On the drawings, show:
1. Elevation of top of concrete slab on which the
floor system will be installed.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 2
2. Location of permanent or temporary seats
3. Location of equipment and other permanent
obstructions around which flooring is to be laid
4. Structural provisions for anchor-plate assemblies
for sport equipment
5. Edge detail, including kind and size of wall base
6. Location, width, and color of game lines.
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)
ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of
Sustainability 2015-2020
AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)
AWPA C1 (2003) All Timber Products - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Processes
AWPA C2 (2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine
Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure
Processes
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 3
AWPA M4 (2015) Standard for the Care of Preservative-
Treated Wood Products
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A36/A36M (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon
Structural Steel
ASTM C208 (2012) Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board
ASTM D1622/D1622M (2014) Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular
Plastics
ASTM D2103 (2015) Standard Specification for
Polyethylene Film and Sheeting
ASTM D2240 (2015) Standard Test Method for Rubber
Property - Durometer Hardness
ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-
Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing
ASTM D395 (2016; E 2017) Standard Test Methods for
Rubber Property - Compression Set
ASTM D41/D41M (2011; R 2016) Standard Specification for
Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,
and Waterproofing
ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized
Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension
ASTM D449/D449M (2003; R 2014; E 2014) Asphalt Used in
Dampproofing and Waterproofing
ASTM E96/E96M (2016) Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor
Transmission of Materials
ASTM F36 (2015) Compressibility and Recovery of Gasket
Materials
CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD (CARB)
CARB Regulation Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce
Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood
Products
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 4
CRI GL CUSHION Green Label Cushion Program
CSA GROUP (CSA)
CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management
FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
Stewardship
MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)
MFMA AFSFSCL (2003) Athletic Floor Sealer and Finish
Specifications and Conformance List #22
MFMA GRHM (2000) Grading Rules for MFMA Northern
Hardwood Maple
MFMA SSCLFMGF (2000) Sanding, Sealing, Court Lining,
Finishing and Resurfacing of Maple Gym Floors
PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)
PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of
Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements
RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)
FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)
SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,
Procedures and Guidance
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 5
NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control
approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Hardwood Strip Flooring System
Clearly delineate components of the system. Show layout of
[sleepers] [steel channels] [steel spines]; location of anchor
plate assemblies, floor outlets, and underfloor conduit or raceway
location; flooring system details; and flooring abutting other
construction. Accessories shall be approved by the flooring
manufacturer.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 6
SD-03 Product Data
Hardwood Strip Flooring Components
SD-04 Samples
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Delete materials not included in floor system
selected. Samples shall be complemented with
manufacturer's data and standard catalogs to describe
the flooring system selected.
***************************************************************************
Strip Flooring; G[, [_____]]
Hardwood Base; G[, [_____]]
Molded-Rubber Base; G[, [_____]]
Steel Channels and Clips
[Fiberboard Underlayment
][Flexible Foam Underlayment
]Cushions and Pads
Corkboard or Corkroll
Sleepers and Nailers
SD-06 Test Reports
Preservative Treatment
SD-07 Certificates
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]
Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Flooring System
Adhesive for Membrane Installation
Submit flooring system manufacturer's installation instructions.
Submit vaporproofing manufacturer's written recommendations for
adhesives to be used in membrane installation.
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Hardwood Strip Flooring, Data Package 1; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 7
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Strip Flooring; S
[Certified Sustainably Harvested Sleepers and Nailers; S
][Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Board Subflooring; S
][Certified Sustainably Harvested Plywood Subflooring; S
][Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Fill; S
][Indoor Air Quality for Wood Strip Flooring; S
]Indoor Air Quality for Molded-Rubber Base; S
Indoor Air Quality for Fiberboard Underlayment; S
Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Cushions and Pads; S
[Indoor Air Quality for Flexible Foam Underlayment; S
]Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Mastic; S
Indoor Air Quality for Seal Coat and Finish Coat Materials; S
Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S
Indoor Air Quality for Adhesives; S
1.3 CERTIFICATION
1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes
from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and
thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection
of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife
habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of
water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,
replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party
certification audits performed by accredited
certification bodies; 3) Publicly available
certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder
involvement in a standards development process; 5)
Complaints and appeals process.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition before specifying these sustainably
harvested wood certifications - if these conditions
are verified for the project locale, include the
following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 8
certifications other than FSC; for all other projects
pursuing third-party certification allow the entire
list of third party certifications.
***************************************************************************
Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS
STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program
certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of
Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying
organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with
chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood
certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.
Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.
1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certification
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.3.2.1 Floor Covering Materials
Provide wood strip flooring and molded rubber base products certified to
meet indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (Greenguard)
Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or
validation by other third-party program that products meet the requirements
of this paragraphSection. Provide rubber cushions and pads, and flexible
foam underlayment products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements
by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor
Advantage Gold, CRI GL CUSHION or provide certification or validation by
other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this
paragraphSection. Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.3.2.2 Paints and Coatings
Provide asphalt fill, asphalt primer, seal coat and finish coat, and game
line marking material products certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.3.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants
Provide asphalt mastic and adhesive products certified to meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include following section when fiberboard
underlayment is included in project.
***************************************************************************
[1.3.2.4 Composite Wood, Wood Structural Panel and Agrifiber Products
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 9
For purposes of this specification, composite wood and agrifiber products
include particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), wheatboard,
strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores. Products must contain no
added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products certified to meet
emissions requirements of either CARB Regulation or CDPH SECTION 01350
(limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of
space type). Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the building site in original unopened packages,
bundles, or containers. Protect materials against dampness during shipment
and after delivery. Store material under cover in a well-ventilated
building. Prevent exposure to extreme changes of temperature and humidity.
Do not store materials in building under construction until wet-applied
building materials are dry. Store flooring in accordance with MFMA GRHM,
under adequate and controlled ventilation and under approved temperature and
humidity conditions at the location where it is to be laid for at least
seven days before installation. Handle and store preservative-treated
materials in accordance with AWPA M4.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Termite protection must be included. For new
work, provide perimeter protection, using Section 31
31 16.13 CHEMICAL TERMITE CONTROL. For existing
buildings without perimeter protection, add termite
protection to the flooring using AWPA Standard C2 or
other method recommended by the manufacturer.
***************************************************************************
For at least one week prior to and during installation, in the location to
receive finish flooring and the location where flooring will be stored,
maintain a temperature of between 18 and 27 degrees C (65 and 80 degrees F),
and a relative humidity of between 40 and 60 percent. When the interior
relative humidity exceeds 60 percent during or after installation of
flooring, sanding and finishing of flooring shall be delayed for two to
three weeks after completion of laying, unless directed otherwise. Provide
adequate ventilation during the entire sealing and finishing process to
ensure that no unhealthy or hazardous accumulation of vapors occurs. Ensure
that environmental conditions are met.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying these certifications.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 10
***************************************************************************
2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this
section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed
in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;
identify those products that meet project requirements for certified
sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 HARDWOOD STRIP FLOORING SYSTEMS ON CONCRETE SLAB
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select the system most suited to the project
and as recommended in Selection Guidance Table below.
In areas where termite or other insect attack is
likely to occur specify that flooring be treated with
wood preservative as recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
Designer must indicate on finish schedule, schedule
at end of specification or on drawings the location
of selected subfloor systems.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 11
SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE
DESCRIPTION OF
FLOOR SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE
FEATURES
RECOMMENDED
APPLICATIONS
RELATIVE COST
1. Steel
channel and
clip-fastening
system using
special-milled
random length
hardwood strip
flooring in hard
maple and white
pine. Low
Profile System.
Greatest
resistance to
expansion and
cupping. A
tight, solid
floor and a
"fast" playing
surface. High
static load
bearing.
Expansion
provisions at
perimeter. A
"quiet" floor.
Large
gymnasiums,
handball,
squash and
racket ball
courts. Large
stages.
100 percent
2. Rubber-
cushioned
softwood
sleepers placed
over
polyethylene
covered slab and
random-length
standard
hardwood strip
flooring in hard
maple nailed to
sleepers. High
Profile System.
Entire floor
"floats" on slab.
Excellent shock
absorbing
characteristic.
Low sound
transmission.
"Slower" floor.
Gymnasiums with
lesser use and
size
potentials.
85 percent
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 12
SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE
DESCRIPTION OF
FLOOR SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE
FEATURES
RECOMMENDED
APPLICATIONS
RELATIVE COST
3. Wood
subflooring
nailed to rubber
cushioned wood
nailers, before
installing
finished
surface. Pour
hot asphalt fill
under and
between wood
nailers. High
Profile System.
Good shock
absorption, good
stability,
improved
uniformity of
resilience and
load bearing.
Low sound
transmission.
Gymnasiums,
hardball
courts.
90 percent
4. Cushioned
double plywood
subfloor,
standard random
length hardwood
strip flooring
in hard maple or
other species as
top surface.
Flooring can be
installed in
special
patterns. Low
Profile System.
Combines best of
shock absorbency
with uniform
resiliency and
fast playing
surface. Good
load bearing
characteristics.
Good stability.
Low sound
transmission.
Quiet floor.
Gymnasiums,
handball,
squash,
racquetball
courts.
95 percent
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 13
SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE
DESCRIPTION OF
FLOOR SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE
FEATURES
RECOMMENDED
APPLICATIONS
RELATIVE COST
5. Mastic-set
uniform length
hard maple
flooring in
continuous
courses
interlocked with
steel splines.
Uniform
resilience.
"Quiet" surface.
Easy replacement
of damaged areas.
Gymnasiums,
handball,
squash,
racquetball
courts. Heavy
industrial
applications.
90 percent
***************************************************************************
[2.12.1 Clipped to Steel Channels on Underlayment
Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring clipped to
steel channels that rest in premilled grooves in [fiberboard] [flexible
foam] underlayment. Anchor steel channels to concrete floor slab.
][2.12.2 Wood Sleepers with Rubber Cushions
Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to wood
sleepers that are seated on rubber cushions resting on the concrete floor
slab.
][2.12.3 Wood Board Subflooring, Wood Nailers, and Asphalt Fill
Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to wood
board subflooring that is, in turn, nailed to shimmed wood nailers anchored
to the concrete floor slab. Provide hot asphalt fill under and between the
wood nailers. Provide certification of indoor air quality for asphalt fill.
][2.12.4 Plywood Subflooring with Rubber Pads
Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to two-
layer plywood subflooring that is seated on cushioned pads resting on the
concrete floor slab.
][2.12.5 Steel-Splined, Continuous Unit, [on Cork Underlayment]
Provide flooring system consisting of uniform lengths of hardwood strip
flooring interlocked with steel splines and laid in asphalt mastic [on cork
underlayment which is laid in asphalt mastic over membrane of felt] on the
concrete floor slab.
]2.23 MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 14
NOTE: Delete materials not included in floor system
selected. Samples shall be complemented with
manufacturer's data and standard catalogs to describe
the flooring system selected.
***************************************************************************
2.23.1 Strip Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Flooring of 26.2 mm (33/32 inch) thickness
should be used for floors subjected to hard and
frequent service and frequent sanding.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Maple flooring should be used for floors
subjected to hard and frequent service or major
athletics. Use beech and birch for less critical
service.
Include last bracketed sentences requiring low VOC
content products when product will be located in
offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Second or better grade [hard maple] [beech or birch] graded in accordance
with current MFMA GRHM. Flooring must be [19.8] [26.2] [_____] mm ([25/32]
[33/32] [_____] inch) thick by [57] [38] mm ([2 1/4] [1 1/2] inches) or
narrower on the face, kiln dried, continuous tongue-and-groove, and end-
matched. Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde resins.
Each bundle of flooring must be clearly grade stamped. Moisture content of
strip flooring must not exceed 8 percent at time of arrival on job site and
must be allowed to acclimate in accordance with paragraph DELIVERY, STORAGE,
AND HANDLING.[ Flooring for steel-splined systems must be edge-grain 26.2
mm (33/32 inch) thick by 33 mm (1 5/16 inch) on the face, kiln-dried,
continuous tongue-and-groove, and end grooved.] Provide certified
sustainably harvested wood strip flooring.
[Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for wood strip flooring.
]2.23.2 Hardwood Base
Clear [hard maple] [beech or birch]. Provide shape and size of base as
indicated or as recommended by the flooring manufacturer.
2.23.3 Molded-Rubber Base
100 mm(4 inch) vertical leg by 75 mm (3 inch), designed to allow ventilation
under floor [with premolded outside corners and mitered inside corners], and
as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Products must meet emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air
quality for molded-rubber base.
2.23.4 Steel Angle Base
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 15
Provide 75 by 75 by 5 mm (3 by 3 by 3/16 inch) continuous steel angle along
perimeter walls, designed to allow ventilation under the floor. Base angle
must conform to ASTM A36/A36M.
2.23.5 Steel Channels and Clips
Provide channels and clips not less than 1.5 mm thick (16 gage)zinc-coated
steel.
[2.23.6 Fiberboard Underlayment
ASTM C208, fiberboard insulation board, impregnated with asphalt or coated
with asphalt on faces and edges, treated for termite and water resistance.
Products must contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products
certified to meet emissions requirements of either CARB Regulation or CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type). Provide certification validation of indoor air
quality for fiberboard underlayment.
]2.23.7 Rubber Cushions and Pads
Rubber cushions and pads must have a durometer hardness of A50, plus or
minus 5, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 and must have a minimum
tensile strength of 10 MPa (1500 psi), when tested in accordance with ASTM
D412. When subjected to an aging period of 70 hours and exposed to a
temperature of 70 degrees C (158 degrees F), allowed to cool to room
temperature over a period of 4 hours and retested, tested specimen must have
a change in hardness of 10 points maximum, a change in tensile strength of
minus 25 percent maximum and a change in ultimate elongation of minus 25
percent maximum in accordance with the applicable test methods referenced
above. Test rubber cushions, under a load of 275 kPa (40 psi), in
accordance with ASTM D395, Method A. Size of tested specimen must be 57 by
75 by 10 mm (2 1/4 by 3 by 3/8 inch). Length of testing time must be 22
hours; temperature of test must be 70 degrees C (158 degrees F). Test
specimen must recover, without set or displacement. Products must meet
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of
indoor air quality for rubber cushions and pads.
[2.23.8 Flexible Foam Underlayment
Multicellular, closed cell flexible polyethylene plastic foam having smooth
skin; density 27 to 52 kg/cu m (1.7 to 3.3 pounds per cubic foot) when
tested by ASTM D1622/D1622M. Foam must be 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick by 1200 mm
(48 inches) wide by manufacturer's standard length, premilled to receive
steel channels at 300 mm (12 inch) centers. Products must meet emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air
quality for flexible foam underlayment.
]2.23.9 Polyethylene Vaporproofing Membrane
ASTM D2103 Type 21110. Minimum thickness shall be 0.15 mm (6 mils). Perm
rating must not exceed 0.02 when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
2.23.10 Asphalt Primer
ASTM D41/D41M. Provide asphalt primer material products certified to meet
either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 16
either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for asphalt primer.
2.23.11 Asphalt Mastic
As recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Provide asphalt mastic
products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless
of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide
certification validation of indoor air quality for asphalt mastic.
2.23.12 Asphalt Fill
ASTM D449/D449M, Type I. Provide asphalt fill material products certified
to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of
indoor air quality for asphalt fill.
2.23.13 Felt
ASTM D226/D226M, type I, asphalt-saturated organic felt.
2.23.14 Building Paper
Water-vapor permeable, 290 grams per mm (20 lb per inch) dry tensile
strength.
2.23.15 Sleepers and Nailers
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Preservative treatment specified herein shall
be modified as necessary to suit local conditions.
When referencing AWPA C1 and C2, water repellent
requirements, if any, should be specified.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
***************************************************************************
Surfaced on four sides, 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inches) nominal size, Standard
or No. 2 grade douglas fir, northern or western and west coast hemlock,
engleman-spruce or No. 2 dimension southern pine. Moisture content must not
exceed 15 percent. Provide preservative treatment in accordance with [AWPA
C1] [AWPA C2]. Identify treatment on each piece of material by the quality
mark of an agency accredited by the Board of Review of the American Lumber
Standard Committee. Brush coat exposed areas that are cut or drilled after
treatment with the same preservative in accordance with AWPA M4. [Provide
certified sustainably harvested sleepers and nailers.]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 17
2.23.16 Wood Board Subflooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
***************************************************************************
No. 2 common douglas fir, northern or western hemlock, englemann spruce, or
southern pine No. 2 boards, northern red or Norway pine, surfaced on four
sides. Nominal sizes must be 25 by 150 mm or 25 by 100 mm (1 by 6 inches or
1 by 4 inches). Moisture content must not exceed 15 percent.[ Provide
certified sustainably harvested wood board subflooring.]
2.23.17 Plywood Subflooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
***************************************************************************
Douglas fir, southern pine, or western larch plywood; grade C-D, with
exterior glue; 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick by 4200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 feet).[
Provide certified sustainably harvested plywood subflooring.]
2.23.18 Sealing and Finishing for Hardwood Strip Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use Group II finish for aerobics, dance, and
stage applications; use Group III for floors to be
utilized for gymnasium and multipurpose applications.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use Group II finish for multipurpose, high
wear areas; use group III for floors to be utilized
solely for sports. Group III finish generally
requires two sealer coats and two finish coats. Group
II finish requires one sealer coat and two finish
coats. Regardless of which finish is selected, each
coat except the final coat should be burnished with
No. 2 steel wool and wiped with a tack rag before
application of the next coat.
***************************************************************************
Conform to MFMA AFSFSCL, Group [II] [III] finish. Seal coat and finish coat
materials must be compatible with each other. Provide seal coat and finish
coat material products certified to meet either emissions requirements of
CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for seal coat and
finish coat materials.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 18
2.23.19 Game Line Marking Materials
As recommended by wood flooring finish manufacturer. Provide game line
marking material products certified to meet either emissions requirements of
CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for game line marking
materials.
2.23.20 Nails
Shape and size as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
2.23.21 Underlayment
Corkboard or corkroll, 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick, conforming to ASTM F36.
2.23.22 Adhesives
Waterproof, suitable for use with molded rubber base, recommended by rubber
base manufacturer. Provide adhesive products certified to meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for adhesives.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
3.1.1 Condition of Subfloors
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The concrete slab on which the floor system is
to be installed must be depressed according to the
requirements of floor system being used. Ensure that
the required depressions are shown on the drawings.
***************************************************************************
Do not install flooring on surfaces that are not suitable for proper
installation. Before beginning work under this section, correct defects
such as rough or scaling concrete, low spots, high spots, uneven surfaces,
and repair damaged portions of concrete slabs. Concrete slabs must be given
a leveling course of latex fill and the surface shall not vary more than 3
mm (1/8 inch) when measured with a 3 meter (10 foot) straightedge placed in
any direction.
3.1.2 Preparation of Concrete Slab
Sweep concrete floor. Ensure that slab is dry and clean. Remove paint
spots, plaster, masonry droppings, grease, dirt, and other foreign matter
[including chemical curing agents which may affect the bond of adhesive-
applied wood flooring systems]. Concrete must be fully cured and dry.
3.1.3 Anchor Plate Assemblies for Portable Sports Equipment
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 19
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Anchor plate assemblies for portable sports
equipment should be specified as a part of each
individual piece of equipment in Division 11 of the
project specifications; however, if no equipment is
to be specified and anchor plates are desired for
future equipment, they must be detailed in the
drawings, and materials and installation must be
specified in Part 2 of this section. Do not specify
anchors to be supplied by floor manufacturer; they do
not normally supply them.
***************************************************************************
Floor anchor plate assemblies for vertically adjustable portable sports
equipment shall be installed where indicated. Flooring must be cut neatly
around floor plates.
3.1.4 Work of Other Trades
Do not start work specified under this section until work of trades which
could create moisture, has been completed.
3.1.5 Moisture Content
Check flooring, subflooring, sleepers and nailers with an approved meter
verifying conformance with the requirements specified hereinbefore.
3.2 INSTALLATION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Provisions for expansion and contraction will
be governed by local weather conditions and by
temperatures and humidities to be maintained within
building. Modify specifications accordingly. The
floor systems included in this specification are
intended for installation on or above grade. If
installation is below grade, provisions for
waterproofing must be made and the requirements
specified in Division 7. Select type of flooring to
be used and delete other.
In conjunction with vapor-proofing, at least 150 mm
(6 inches) of porous fill, capillary water barrier,
consisting of clean, washed gravel graded from 19 to
38 mm (3/4 to 1 1/2 inch) sizes should be provided
under slab and specified in Division 2. No sand or
crushed coral should be used between top of gravel
and bottom of slab. If surrounding drainage
conditions indicate probable development of
hydrostatic pressure under slab, three-ply membrane
waterproofing should be provided under slab. Specify
in Division 7.
***************************************************************************
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 20
3.2.1 Vaporproofing For Slabs on Grade
Cover slab with the polyethylene membrane. Lap joints at least 150 mm (6
inches). Seal joints with a full coverage of the adhesive recommended by
the membrane manufacturer.
3.2.2 Flooring Clipped to Steel Channels
3.2.2.1 Channel Placing
Install each channel in premilled grooves spaced 300 mm (12 inches) on
center in [fiberboard] [flexible foam] parallel to the short side of the
room, with butted end-to-end joints staggered at least 600 mm (24 inches).
Anchor channels to the slab at 350 mm (14 inches) on center with 10 mm (3/8
inch) diameter, flat headed anchors that penetrate the slab by at least 32
mm (1-1/4 inches). Set channels level.
3.2.2.2 Laying of Finished Flooring
Lay finished flooring at right angles to the steel channels. Begin
installation with double-tongue strips of flooring in center of room. Clip
each board down tightly at each channel intersection with zinc-coated
flooring clips. Each clip must firmly engage the side edges of the flooring
and the steel channels. Ensure that each clip is placed properly. Stagger
adjacent end joints of flooring so that there will be at least two boards
between joints. Where floor plates occur, install steel channels along
edges of flooring board; provide clips for flooring. Drive each flooring
strip up sideways and endways as tightly as practicable using steel driving
tools that prevent marring of exposed flooring. Scribe boards to permanent
obstructions and be securely blocked at wall lines.
3.2.3 Flooring on Wood Sleepers with Rubber Cushions
3.2.3.1 Installation of Wood Sleepers With Rubber Cushions
Install rubber-cushioned wood sleepers, [300 mm(12 inches) on center for
26.2 mm (33/32 inch)] [225 mm(9 inches) on center for 19.8 mm (25/32 inch)]
thick flooring, parallel to short side of the room, with butted end-to-end
joints, 6 mm (1/4 inch) apart at the joints, staggered at least 600 mm (24
inches). Sleepers must have the rubber cushions attached at 300 mm (12
inch) centers. Provide a 50 mm (2 inch) air space between ends and sides of
sleepers at walls and other permanent obstructions. Sleepers must be seated
level and firm with rubber cushions bearing completely on the subfloor.[ In
areas where fixed or temporary seats are indicated, provide 40 by 48 mm (1-
5/8 by 1-7/8 inch) wood screeds midway between the cushioned wood sleepers.]
3.2.3.2 Laying of Finished Flooring
Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips
of flooring. Lay flooring at right angles to the wood sleepers. Blind nail
each strip of flooring to each wood sleeper with 63 by 3 mm (8 penny) spiral
screw nails. Leave a continuous air space, 50 mm (2 inches) wide, between
the finished flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.
Stagger end joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that there will be at
least two boards between each joint.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 21
3.2.4 Flooring on Board Subflooring, Wood Nailers, and Asphalt Fill
3.2.4.1 Priming of Concrete Slab
Prime slab with asphalt primer using minimum of 1.6 liter per 10 square
meters (one gallon per 250 square feet). Allow primer to dry.
3.2.4.2 Wood Nailers
Install continuous 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inch) nominal size wood nailers 300
mm (12 inches) on center, parallel to short side of room, with butted end-
to-end staggered joints, 6 mm (1/4 inch) apart at the joints. Elevate
bottoms of nailers about 5 mm (3/16 inch) above concrete slab with fiber
shims. Fasten nailers to slab with 6 by 88 mm (1/4 by 3 1/2 inch) power
driven anchors spaced 750 mm (30 inches) on center and staggered in adjacent
rows. Provide an additional anchor not more than 150 mm (6 inches) from the
end of each nailer. Provide a 50 mm (2 inch) air space between ends and
sides of sleepers at walls and other permanent obstructions. Nailers must
be set level and in alignment. Check level of tops of nailers with a
surveyor's instrument.
3.2.4.3 Asphalt Fill
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Because of asphalt cushion and fill specified,
no additional vapor barrier is recommended.
***************************************************************************
When the wood nailers have been set and leveled, pour the hot asphalt over
the entire concrete slab surface; fill the spaces under the wood nailers
completely and cover the concrete slab surface between the nailers to a
depth of approximately 10 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2 inch). Pour asphalt up 6 mm
(1/4 inch) on the sides of the nailers.
3.2.4.4 Wood Board Subflooring
Apply wood subflooring diagonally over the wood nailers. Cut ends parallel
to and over center lines of wood nailers. Nail subflooring securely to each
wood nailer with 57 by 3 mm (7 penny) steel spiral screw nails; use two
nails for 100 and 150 mm (4 and 6 inch) wide boards. Space boards
approximately 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart. Top of subflooring shall have a true,
even plane. Provide 50 mm (2 inches) of clearance between subflooring and
perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.
3.2.4.5 Felt
Cover wood subflooring with a layer of the felt. Butt edges tightly. Do
not extend felt over air space between ends and sides of finished floor and
perimeter walls or other permanent obstructions.
3.2.4.6 Laying of Finished Flooring
Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips
of flooring. Lay flooring at right angles to the wood nailers and parallel
with the long dimension of the room. Blind nail each strip of flooring
through the subflooring and into the sleeper with 63 by 3 mm (8 penny) screw
type nails, spaced not over 300 mm (12 inches) apart over the sleepers.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 22
Leave a continuous air space 50 mm (2 inches) wide between the finished
flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Stagger end
joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that there will be at least two
boards between each joint.
3.2.5 Flooring on Plywood Subflooring With Rubber Pads
3.2.5.1 Installation of Plywood Subflooring With Rubber Pads
Provide two layers of 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick plywood sheets, of 1200 by
2400 mm (4 by 8 feet). Each 1200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 foot) sheet in the
bottom layer bearing on slab must have 32 rubber pads, 57 by 75 by 10 mm (2-
1/4 by 3 by 3/8 inch) thick, approximately 300 mm (12 inches) on center in
each direction, stapled to underside of sheet. Partial sheets must have
rubber pads 300 mm (12 inches) on center and at perimeters. Lay first layer
of plywood on concrete floor slab, parallel to short side of room. Lay
second layer at a 45 degree angle to first layer and fasten it to first
layer by machine nailing or stapling on 600 mm (24 inch) centers using 25 mm
(one inch) nails or staples. Leave a continuous air space 50 mm (2 inches)
wide between the subflooring and perimeter walls and other permanent
obstructions and 6 mm (1/4 inch) between panels at sides and ends. Lap
panels so that no joint will fall over any joint of the first layer.[ In
areas where fixed or temporary seats are indicated, provide fixed hardboard
shims, 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick, between the cushioned pads.]
3.2.5.2 Laying of Finished Flooring
Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips
of flooring. Lay flooring parallel with the long dimension of the room.
Flooring must be blind nailed on 250 mm (10 inch) centers with 45 mm (1-3/4
inch) spiral screw nails. Leave a continuous air space, 50 mm (2 inches)
wide, between the finished flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent
obstructions. Stagger end joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that
there will be at least two boards between each joint.[ Roller skating rink
flooring shall be 26.2 mm (33/32 inch) thick or 19.8 mm (25/32 inch) and
laid in special octagonal pattern as indicated. Diagonal intersections of
flooring shall be joined with barbed steel splines.]
3.2.6 Flooring, Continuous Steel-Splined, [on Cork Underlayment]
3.2.6.1 Vaporproofing for Slabs on Grade
Prime concrete slab with asphalt primer using a minimum of 1.6 liter per 10
square meters (one gallon per 250 square feet). Following application and
drying of the primer apply a membrane of two layers of felt. Lay each layer
of felt in a coating of trowelled asphalt mastic, applied at the rate of at
least 11.5 liters per 10 square meters (one gallon per 35 square feet).
Felts shall be butted at joints. Turn up felt 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) at
perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Roll felt thoroughly,
eliminating air pockets and blisters, to provide an overall smooth and level
surface. Cover top layer of felt with a coating of trowelled asphalt mastic
applied at the rate of at least 11.5 liters per 10 square meters (one gallon
per 35 square feet).
[3.2.6.2 Cork Underlayment
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 23
Install underlayment in asphalt mastic. Provide a 2 mm (1/16 inch) space at
joints of corkboard. After underlayment has been installed, roll entire
area with a 68 kilogram (150 pound) roller to attain maximum bond and a
uniformly even surface. Leave a 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) air space between
underlayment and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.
]3.2.6.3 Finished Flooring
Lay 300 mm (12 inch) long strips of finished flooring firmly in full bed of
asphalt mastic in end-to-end courses, interlocking with saw-tooth steel
splines into the slotted ends. Break joints of continuous strip units in
succeeding courses. Lay continuous strip units parallel with the width of
the room. Lay flooring level and in correct alignment. Leave a continuous
air space, 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) wide, between the finished flooring and
perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Lay flooring with
hairline joints. Do not drive flooring up tightly.
3.2.7 Hardwood Base Installation
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the
inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a
standard product of any manufacturer, and must be
detailed on the drawings.
***************************************************************************
Install molded and perforated continuous hardwood base of the type
indicated, along perimeter walls. Base shall have 10 mm (3/8 inch) diameter
vent holes spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a straight row. Nail or
bolt base to wall. Do not fasten base to flooring.
3.2.8 Molded-Rubber Base Installation
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the
inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a
standard product of any manufacturer, and must be
detailed on the drawings.
***************************************************************************
Install molded-rubber base firmly on perimeter walls in continuous adhesive
as recommended by the base manufacturer. Provide vertical, circular or
semicircular vent holes in base spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a
straight row. Do not fasten base to flooring.
3.2.9 Steel Angle Base Installation
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the
inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a
standard product of any manufacturer, and must be
detailed on the drawings.
***************************************************************************
Install 75 by 75 by 5 mm (3 by 3 by 3/16 inch) continuous steel angle along
perimeter walls. Bottom leg of angle shall have 10 mm (3/8 inch) diameter
vent holes spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a straight row. Fasten
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 24
angle to wall at intervals of 400 mm (16 inches) with countersunk head
[expansion] [toggle] bolts. Do not fasten angle to flooring.
3.3 SANDING, FINISHING, AND MARKING
3.3.1 Sanding
Sand wood floor surfaces with a machine using coarse, medium, and fine
grades of sandpaper; the edges must be sanded to a smooth edge; the finished
surface must be smooth and level, free from scratches. A final disc sanding
shall be provided. After final sanding or buffing, vacuum floors until
clean. Do not walk on floors thereafter until finish has been applied and
is dry.
3.3.2 Finishing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use first bracketed sentence if finish is to
be specified elsewhere in Division 9 of the project
specifications; use second bracketed sentence if
finish is specified under this section. Select Group
II or Group III finish in the next-to-last sentence
of this section.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Insert appropriate Section number and title in
blank below using format per UFC 1-300-02.
***************************************************************************
[Finishing must be provided as specified in [_____].] [Within one day after
the final sanding, buffing, and sweeping have been completed, use a tacky
rag to clean flooring with a low VOC solvent recommended by the manufacturer
of the floor finish material. Follow cleaning with a coating of sealer;
when thoroughly dry, burnish with No. 2 steel wool, using a power machine.
After final burnishing and prior to application of final finish coat(s),
layout and mark game lines as specified herein; after game lines are
thoroughly dry, apply final finish coat.] Floors must be wiped with a tacky
rag each burnishing. [Finish floors in accordance with MFMA SSCLFMGF. Four
Coat Specification: Group II finish must consist of one sealer coat and
three finish coats. Group III finish must consist of two sealer coats and
two finish coats. Allow 5 days for proper curing.]
3.3.3 Marking
Lay out game lines and fields [and patterns] where indicated, masking edges
to provide sharp, clean edges. Edge must be straight and width shall be
uniform. Apply marking of colors indicated, providing a minimum dry film
thickness of one mil.
3.4 PROTECTION
After completion of laying, finishing, and marking of the flooring, do not
use the floor for at least 72 hours. Avoid heavy traffic on the floor for
at least one week. Upon floor drying, use nonstaining, porous building
paper of the type and grade recommended by manufacturer, taped along edges.
Remove kraft paper covering after work in this area is completed.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 64 66 Page 25
3.5 SCHEDULE
Metric measurements in this section are based on mathematical conversion of
English unit measurement, and not on metric measurement commonly agreed to
by the manufacturers or other parties. The English and metric units for the
measurements shown are as follows:
Products English Units Metric Units
Flooring 25/32 inch 19.8 mm
33/32 inch 26.2 mm
2 1/4 inches 57 mm
1 1/2 inches 38 mm
1 5/16 inches 33 mm
Rubber Base 4 by 3 inches 100 by 75 mm
Steel Channels 16 gage 1.5 mm
Sleepers 2 by 3 inches 50 by 75 mm
Plywood 1/2 inch 12.7 mm
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 65 66 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 65 66 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 65 66
RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for resilient athletic flooring.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Systems specified in this guide specification
are recommended for indoor athletic rooms e.g.,
weight rooms, running tracks, recreational areas,
aerobic centers, multi-purpose gym floors, etc.
Hardwood flooring is preferable for basketball
courts, handball, and racquetball courts. Rubber-
base floorings can be used in outdoor installations
like wet bars, running tracks, tennis courts, and
swimming pool walks.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 2
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C920 (2014a) Standard Specification for
Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM D1054 (2002; R 2007) Rubber Property - Resilience
Using a Rebound Pendulum
ASTM D1894 (2014) Static and Kinetic Coefficients of
Friction of Plastic Film and Sheeting
ASTM D2240 (2015) Standard Test Method for Rubber
Property - Durometer Hardness
ASTM D2632 (2015) Rubber Property-Resilience by Vertical
Rebound
ASTM D395 (2016; E 2017) Standard Test Methods for
Rubber Property - Compression Set
ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized
Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension
ASTM D624 (2000; R 2012) Tear Strength of Conventional
Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic
Elastomers
ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical
Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using
a Radiant Heat Energy Source
ASTM F1303 (2004; R 2014) Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering
with Backing
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 3
ASTM F1869 (2016) Standard Test Method for Measuring
Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete
Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride
ASTM F2170 (2016a) Standard Test Method for Determining
Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs in
situ Probes
ASTM F2772 (2011) Standard Specification for Athletic
Performance Properties of Indoor Sports Floor
Systems
ASTM G21 (2015) Standard Practice for Determining
Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials
to Fungi
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)
CRI GL CUSHION Green Label Cushion Program
CRI GLP QM (2015) Green Label Plus Quality Manual
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 14001 (2015) Environmental Management Systems —
Requirements with Guidance for Use
ISO 9001 (2008; Corr 1 2009) Quality Management
Systems- Requirements
RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)
FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 4
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Approved Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 5
SD-03 Product Data
Installation
SD-04 Samples
Flooring
SD-06 Test Reports
Laboratory Test Results
SD-07 Certificates
Indoor Air Quality
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Rubber Composition Tiles; S
Indoor Air Quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting; S
Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Composition Tile; S
Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Urethane Poured-In-Place Flooring; S
Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Mat Underlay; S
Indoor Air Quality for Adhesives; S
Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S
Indoor Air Quality for Wall Base; S
Warranty
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.3.1 Shop Drawings
Provide approved detail drawings showing, as a minimum, installation details
and locations of borders, patterns, and locations of floor seams.
1.3.2 Manufacturer Qualifications
Manufacturer must have at least ten years active experience in the
manufacturing and marketing of indoor resilient athletic flooring, and be a
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 6
certified manufacturer in accordance with ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Manufacturer must also have an authorized installer training program.
1.3.3 Installer Qualifications
Installer must have at least five years of experience in the installation of
resilient athletic flooring, and have experience on at least five projects
of similar size, type and complexity as this Project. Installer must also
utilize workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by
manufacturer of resilient athletic flooring installation indicated.
1.3.4 Laboratory Test Results
1.3.4.1 Performance Properties
Provide certification documents indicating testing per ASTM F2772 has been
performed and the product being supplied complies with the ASTM
category/classification specified for this project. Information from product
catalogs or sales literature is not sufficient.
1.3.4.2 Shock Absorption
Shock absorption (force reduction) test results certified by an independent
testing laboratory certified to perform such testing.
a. ASTM test must be from certified North American laboratories.
b. EN and DIN test must be from certified European laboratories.
1.3.4.3 Fire Performance
Provide fire performance test results.
1.3.5 Fire Test Characteristics
As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E648, Class 1,
by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3.6 Athletic Performance Properties
Comply with ASTM F2772 Performance Level C2 for force reduction and ball
rebound.
1.3.7 Adhesive Application
Adhesive applied and poured-in-place flooring must be installed by an
experienced floor applicator approved by the manufacturer.
1.3.8 Flooring Material Samples
Submit three samples minimum 225 x 275 mm (9 x 11 inches) of each color of
flooring material required and manufacturer's certificates stating that the
resilient athletic flooring materials conform to the specified requirements.
Labels or markings affixed to manufacturer's products attesting that
products meet requirements specified herein will be accepted in lieu of
certificates.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 7
1.4 CERTIFICATIONS
1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit the following required indoor air quality certifications in one
submittal package.:
[Indoor Air Quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting]
[Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Composition Tile]
[Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring]
[Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring]
[Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring]
[Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Mat Underlay]
1.4.1.1 Floor Covering Materials
Provide rubber composition tile, sheet rubber composition flooring, sheet
vinyl composition flooring, and wall base products certified to meet indoor
air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS
Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or validation
by other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this
paragraphSection. Provide resilient mat underlay products certified to meet
indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold,
SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold, CRI GL CUSHION or provide
certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet
the requirements of this paragraphSection. Provide indoor-outdoor carpeting
products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL 2818
(GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold, CRI GLP QM or
provide certification or validation by other third-party program that
products meet the requirements of this paragraphSection. Products must meet
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide current product
certification documentation from certification body.
1.4.1.2 Paints and Coatings
For interior applications (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)
of rubber poured-in-place flooring, urethane poured-in-place flooring,
primer, and game line marking materials, provide products certified to meet
either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for
either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
[1.4.1.3 Adhesives and Sealants
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this subparagraph where these products
are used on the interior of the building (defined as
inside of the weatherproofing system).
***************************************************************************
Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of
the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 8
]1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver Materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers with labels
intact. Materials shall not be delivered to the installation area or
installed before all work that may damage the materials or the finished
floor, such as overhead work, is completed. Store materials in a clean, dry
area. Materials in storage shall be maintained at temperatures recommended
by the manufacturer. Protection boards shall be stored flat and off the
ground.
a. Store flooring and installation materials in protected dry spaces, with
ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by
manufacturer, but less than 13 degrees C (55 degrees F) nor more than
29 degrees C (85 degrees F).
b. Store the indoor resilient athletic surfacing rolls in an upright
position on a smooth flat surface immediately upon delivery to Project.
1.6 WARRANTY
1.6.1 Manufacturer's Warranty
Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace sports flooring that fails within specified warranty period.
Material warranty must be direct from the product manufacturer. Material
warranties from separate or third party insurance providers are not valid.
Material warranties from private label distributors are not valid.
Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Material manufacturing defects.
b. Surface wear and deterioration to the point of wear-through.
c. Failure due to substrate moisture exposure not exceeding 80 percent
relative humidity when tested according to ASTM F2170 or 5 pounds
moisture vapor emission rate when tested according to ASTM F1869.
1.6.1.1 Warranty Period
For materials: Minimum of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. For
surface wear: minimum of 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
1.6.2 Installer's Warranty
Installer's standard form in which installer agrees to repair or replace
sports flooring that fails due to poor workmanship or faulty installation
within the specified warranty period.
1.7 COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with other gymnasium
equipment.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 9
1.8.1 Floor Tiles
Furnish spare tiles of each color at the rate of [_____] [5] tiles for each
1000 tiles installed. Tiles must be from the same lot as those installed.
1.8.2 Carpeting
Extra material from same dye lot consisting of full width continuous
broadloom must be provided for maintenance. A minimum of [_____] percent of
total square meters (square yards) of each carpet type, pattern, and color
must be provided.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If more than one type of resilient flooring is
required, a separate paragraph for that type floor
will be used. Each flooring type will be designated
with a letter or number symbol. Use the same symbols
to key flooring types to locations listed or shown on
the drawings.
Floor types will be specified for a specific use such
as, carpet for pool areas, multi-use areas, and pro
shops, or rubber tile flooring for weight rooms, etc.
Edit specification as required to meet project needs
and omit text not applicable.
***************************************************************************
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Resilient Athletic Flooring Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements. A resource that can be used to
identify products with recycled content is the
"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page
within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov.
Other products with recycled content are also
acceptable when meeting all requirements of this
specification.
***************************************************************************
[Recycled Content for Rubber Composition Tiles][Recycled content for some
products] is identified in this section; provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 10
Other products listed in this section may be available with recycled
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for recycled
content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
][2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS)
for Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
]2.12 FLOORING MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If more than one type of resilient flooring is
required, a separate paragraph for that type floor
will be used. Each flooring type will be designated
with a letter or number symbol. Use the same symbols
to key flooring types to locations listed or shown on
the drawings.
Floor types will be specified for a specific use such
as, carpet for pool areas, multi-use areas, and pro
shops, or rubber tile flooring for weight rooms, etc.
Edit specification as required to meet project needs
and omit text not applicable.
***************************************************************************
2.12.1 Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting Type [A] [_____]
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Carpeting shall be specially designed for
indoor or indoor-outdoor environments as required,
e.g., weight rooms, outdoor playground areas,
indoor/outdoor pool areas, and pro shops. Edit as
required to meet project requirements.
***************************************************************************
Carpet-type flooring that is spike proof [[ribbed] [berber] pattern
consisting of a top layer of rugged [polypropylene] [or] [nylon] fibers
combined with an inorganic cut-resistant [non-skid] [_____]] [wet areas
artificial turf pattern consisting of a top layer of rugged polypropylene
fibers combined with an inorganic cut-resistant [porous rubber knob][foam]
[_____]] backing. Minimum total thickness must be [10] [_____] mm ([0.375]
[_____] inches). Finished surface pile yarn weight (face weight) must be
minimum [_____] kg/square meter (ounces/square yard). Test results for
resistance to soil bacteria or fungi must show no sustained growth or
discoloration after 21 days when tested in accordance with ASTM G21.
Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 11
2.12.2 Rubber Composition Tile Type [A] [_____]
Provide [interlocked] [_____] [600 x 600] [_____] mm ([24 x 24] [_____]
inches) square, of solid first quality rubber, uniformly resilient material
rubber tiles, designed to be applied [with] [without] adhesive. Provide
tiles that are approximately [13] [_____] mm ([1/2] [_____] inch) thick,
[smooth] [traction] [_____] texture, and [reversible] [non-reversible].
Flooring must be able to withstand [75 percent compression for 22 hours at
70 degrees C (158 degrees F)] [_____] without residual deformation when
tested in accordance with ASTM D395. Provide flooring with a durometer
hardness Shore-A of 50-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240.
Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for Rubber Composition Tile.
2.12.3 Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring Type [A] [_____]
Provide resilient poured-in-place rubber surface composed of chloroprene
rubber, chloroprene rubber sponge, aggregate, setting powders, and a top
finish composed of acrylic resins. Flooring must be able to withstand 50
percent compression for 72 hours at 22 degrees C (72 degrees F) with a
residual deformation of less than 10 percent when tested in accordance with
ASTM D395. Flooring must have a minimum compression modulus at 10 percent
of 690 kPa (100 psi), a minimum elongation of 250 percent and a minimum
tensile strength of 3800 kPa (550 psi) plus or minus 34 kPa (5 psi) when
tested in accordance with ASTM D412. Provide flooring with a durometer
hardness Shore-A of 55-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 and a
minimum tear resistance of 10.5 kN/m (60 lbf/inch) when tested in accordance
with ASTM D624. For interior applications (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) of rubber poured-in-place flooring, provide products
certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of
indoor air quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring.
2.12.4 Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring Type [A] [_____]
Provide prefabricated, homogeneous, natural and synthetic rubbers sheet
rubber flooring, minimum [5] [_____] mm ([3/16] [_____] inch) thick, and
[smooth gymnasium] [textured all-purpose] finish. provide roll type
flooring not less than 1500 [_____] mm (60 [_____] inches) wide. Flooring
must have a minimum tensile stress at 100 percent elongation of 1500 kPa
(220 psi) and a minimum ultimate elongation of 250 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM D412. Flooring must be able to withstand 50 percent
compression for 72 hours at 22 degrees C (72 degrees F) with a residual
deformation of less than 10 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM
D395. Flooring must provide a 55 plus or minus 5 percent rebound when
tested in accordance with ASTM D1054. Product must meet emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air
quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring.
2.12.5 Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring Type [A] [_____]
Provide sheet vinyl flooring consisting of a solid polyvinyl chloride
material that conforms to the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM
F1303. Provide flooring not less than 1200 mm (48 inches) wide and a
minimum thickness of [3] [_____] mm ([1/8] [_____] inch). Provide [smooth]
[stipple] [track embossed] texture floor surface. Flooring must have a
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 12
minimum coefficient of friction of 0.75 when tested in accordance with ASTM
D1894. Provide flooring with an average thickness loss of 0.2 mm (8.0 mils)
plus or minus 0.025 mm (1 mil). Rebound resilience of flooring must be
greater than 12 percent and less than 30 percent when tested in accordance
with ASTM D2632. Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for Sheet Vinyl
Composition Flooring. [Provide an optional compatible top coating
recommended by the sheet vinyl flooring manufacturer.]
2.12.6 Urethane Poured-In-Place Flooring Type [A] [_____]
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Urethane resilient flooring may be installed
on a variety of substrates and in a variety of
thicknesses from 3 to 25 mm (1/8 to 1 inch).
Coordinate with manufacturer's literature. Edit
specification as required.
***************************************************************************
The resilient poured-in-place urethane surface is composed of a seamless
pigmented monolithic material. Provide minimum [3] [_____] mm ([1/8]
[_____] inch) thick and [smooth gymnasium] [textured all-purpose] [textured
track] finish flooring. Flooring must have a durometer hardness Shore-A of
55-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240. Flooring must have a
minimum ultimate elongation of 250 percent when tested in accordance with
ASTM D412 and shall have a density of 1.25. For interior applications
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of urethane poured-in-
place flooring, provide products certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of indoor air quality for Urethane
Poured-In-Place Flooring.
Provide certification of indoor air quality for Urethane Poured-in-Place
Flooring.
2.23 RESILIENT MAT UNDERLAY
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Resilient mat underlay may be used under a
two-component polyurethane wear coat system, sheet
rubber surfacing system, or a vinyl sheet surfacing
system. Deletion or specification and thickness of
mat underlay will be determined by the athletic
flooring requirements. Coordinate with
manufacturer's literature.
***************************************************************************
Provide prefabricated resilient mat underlay consisting of granulated
indoor/outdoor rubber mat bound with polyurethane for shock absorption. Mat
thickness must be [_____] mm (inches). Product must meet emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air
quality for Resilient Mat Underlay.
2.34 ADHESIVES
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 13
Adhesive must be as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and correspond
to the specified flooring product and to the substrate. Adhesive products
used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for adhesives.
2.45 CRACK FILLER/LEVELER FOR CONCRETE SURFACES
Crack filler/leveler for concrete floor surfaces shall be as recommended by
flooring manufacturer.
2.56 EDGING STRIPS
Provide strips of the same material and design as recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2.67 PRIMER
Concrete primer must be as recommended by flooring manufacturer and
correspond to the specified flooring product and to the substrate. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for primer. For interior applications
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of primer, provide
products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless
of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide
validation of indoor air quality for Primer.
2.78 GAME LINE MATERIAL
Game line material must as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and
correspond to the specified flooring product. Provide certification of
indoor air quality for game line marking materials. For interior
applications (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of game line
marking materials, provide products certified to meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of indoor air quality for Game Line
Marking Materials.
2.89 WALL BASE
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include last bracketed sentence requiring
products with indoor air quality certifications when
product will be located in offices or classrooms.
***************************************************************************
Base must be [rubber] [vinyl], Type [straight] [coved] style. Base must be
100 mm (4 inches) high and minimum 2 mm (0.080 inch) thick.[
Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for wall base.]
2.910 SEALANTS
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 14
Pprovide sealants in accordance with Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS.
2.101 MANUFACTURERS COLOR
Color must be [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]
[_____].
PART 3 EXECUTION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Expansion joints under resilient athletic
flooring should be avoided to the maximum extent
possible by placing the joints at the perimeter of
the floor area. For large areas such as gymnasiums,
shrinkage compensating concrete may be advisable.
***************************************************************************
3.1 PREPARATION
Concrete surfaces must be completely cured and dry. Do not use curing
agents, sealers, or hardeners to aid in the curing of the concrete slab.
Surfaces must be free of paint spots, and other foreign materials. Surfaces
must be ground down or leveled with an approved leveling compound to a
tolerance of plus or minus 3 mm (1/8 inch) within a 3 meters (10 foot)
radius. Cracks, construction joints, or damaged portions of floor must be
filled with crack filler for concrete surfaces. Expansion joints must be
filled and sealed in accordance with the approved installation instructions
of the manufacturer. All sealants must be in accordance with ASTM C920.
Expansion joints must not be filled with a material that will make them
inoperable.
3.2 MOISTURE TEST
Confirm that the moisture content of concrete subfloors is in the range
recommended by the flooring manufacturer before floor installation.
3.3 INSTALLATION
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
3.3.1 General Requirements
Installation must be in accordance with the approved installation
instructions. Tile or sheet flooring must be rolled with a medium-sized
roller in both directions to release entrapped air. Submit manufacturer's
descriptive data and catalog cuts indicating materials of construction and
physical characteristics. Installation, cleaning and maintenance
instructions must be included.
3.3.2 Molded Rubber Base
Install base in accordance with the approved installation instructions of
the manufacturer of the base.
3.3.3 Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 15
Apply flooring as recommended by the manufacturer.
3.3.4 Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring
Prime the concrete slab in accordance with approved installation
instructions. Install flooring as recommended by the manufacturer.
3.3.4.1 Seams
Cut and place end seams as recommended by the manufacturer. Weight seams
weighted as required.
3.3.4.2 Hot-Welded Seams
Groove butted sheets to a depth of approximately two thirds of their total
thickness using an electrical or hand grooving tool. Thermoweld grooved
seams using a hot air welding tool and a PVC welding thread. After seam has
cooled to room temperature, trim the excess off to provide a flush joint.
3.3.5 Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring
Sheet flooring must be dry cut and layed out flat a minimum of 24 hours
prior to adhering to the substrate. Single cut end seams. Cut edge seams
through overlapping sheets, then snap into place to ensure tight seams.
Weight seams as required.
3.3.6 Rubber Composition Tile Flooring
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Tile flooring can be installed with adhesive
or without adhesive using a mechanical locking
technique. Edit to comply with the type flooring
specified.
***************************************************************************
3.3.6.1 Application With Adhesive
Lay tiles on adhesive surface in pattern according to approved detail
drawings. Joints of tiles must be even and tight. Cut tiles to fit tightly
against the wall. Submit drawings showing game lines, location of anchor
plate assemblies, floor outlets, and under-floor conduit or raceways.
3.3.6.2 Application Without Adhesive
Join tiles together using interlocking ears or other mechanical locking
techniques. Interlock the ears into the adjoining tile 40 mm (1-1/2 inches)
and provide at least five interlocks for each 600 mm (24 inch) edge. Where
required, supply a beveled transfer border to interlock with the flooring
tiles. The borders must be 150 mm (6 inches) wide and 600 mm (24 inches)
long and the same thickness as the matching tiles.
3.3.7 Rubber Poured-in-Place Flooring
Prime the concrete slab with primer recommended by manufacturer in a thin
film covering approximately 10 square meters/L (400 square feet per gallon).
Pour chloroprene rubber onto subfloor and trowel to a smooth and uniform
layer of the required thickness. Apply a grout chloroprene rubber coat to
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 65 66 Page 16
fill possible voids in surface. After the chloroprene rubber is completely
dry, apply a pigmented finish with a spray and roller.
3.3.8 Urethane Poured-in-Place Flooring
Prime the concrete slab with primer recommended by the manufacturer. Rate
of application must be in accordance with approved installation instructions
and be allowed to dry odor free. Cover concrete construction joints with 50
mm (2 inch) wide PVC duct tape. Apply resin in a minimum of 2 lifts. Apply
pigmented and textured coatings in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.3.9 Resilient Mat Underlay
Unroll the resilient mat underlay and allow to relax prior to cutting or
fitting. Install the mat in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
3.3.10 Line Marking and Finishing
After installation is complete, clean the floor surface in accordance with
installation instructions. Lay out, mask, and paint line marking according
to approved detail drawings and approved installation instructions. Finish
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.4 PROTECTION
Protect the installed flooring from soiling and damage with heavy
reinforced, nonstaining kraft paper, plywood, or hardboard sheets as
required. Lap and secure edges of kraft paper protection to provide a
continuous cover. Remove protective covering when directed by the
Contracting Officer.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 13 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 66 13 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 66 13
PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for standard terrazzo bonded to concrete
subfloor.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Bonded terrazzo is normally 45 mm (1-3/4 inch)
total thickness, consisting of 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick
terrazzo topping over a 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) thick
underbed.
Where structural movement which may injure the
terrazzo is anticipated, installations should be by
the sand cushion (floating) method. Where
requirement exists for sand-cushion or other-type
installation method, bases, precast work, or
specialized work such as structural, abrasive,
rustic, or venetian terrazzo, or terrazzo over
permanent metal forms, the specification should be
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 2
revised or a separate section should be prepared as
appropriate.
Areas to receive terrazzo will be shown on the
drawings. Color should be indicated by showing a
selected plate number from the NTMA publication,
"Terrazzo Design/Technical Data"
Example: NTMA Terrazzo Color Palette, plate No. S-
301-4. Colors selected may be any combination of
standard marble granules of domestic origin available
in the local market.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C150/C150M (2017) Standard Specification for Portland
Cement
ASTM C171 (2016) Standard Specification for Sheet
Materials for Curing Concrete
ASTM C241/C241M (2015) Standard Specification for Abrasion
Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic
ASTM C309 (2011) Standard Specification for Liquid
Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing
Concrete
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 3
ASTM C33/C33M (2016) Standard Specification for Concrete
Aggregates
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)
NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 4
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Installation; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Flooring System Materials
SD-04 Samples
Terrazzo Flooring
Divider Strips
Control Joint Strips
Colorants
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Cleaning and Sealing
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring System; S
Indoor Air Quality for Curing Material; S
Indoor Air Quality for Sealer; S
Warranty
1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the following section where these
products are used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).
***************************************************************************
1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.3.2 Paints and Coatings
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 5
Floor curing material and sealer products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
1.34 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials in the manufacturer's unopened containers marked with the
brand name. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with
manufacturers instructions in a manner that prevents deterioration and
contamination.
1.45 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Maintain areas to receive terrazzo at a temperature above 10 degrees C (50
degrees F) 24 hours prior to the time mixtures are placed and until
completely cured.
1.56 WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that
extend beyond a one-year period.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 6
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content where
appropriate for use. Verify suitability,
availability within the region, cost effectiveness
and adequate competition (including verification of
bracketed percentages included in this guide
specification) before specifying product recycled
content requirements.
Research shows the product is commonly available with
the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.
Include section below when system with recycled
content is desired, and select material option based
on research of availability and price effectiveness.
***************************************************************************
[2.12 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING SYSTEM MATERIALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows the product is commonly available with
the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.
Select option below based on research of availability
and price effectiveness.
***************************************************************************
Provide system that has a minimum of [40 percent fly ash] [100 percent
recycled aggregate] [____]. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled
content for portland cement terrazzo flooring system.
]2.23 PORTLAND CEMENT
Provide portland cement conforming to ASTM C150/C150M, Type I, of colors
required to match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section 09 06 00
SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES].
2.34 SAND
Provide sand conforming to ASTM C33/C33M for fine aggregate.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 7
2.45 MARBLE CHIPS
Provide marble chips of domestic origin of sizes and colors required to
match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES
FOR FINISHES]. Marble chips must have an abrasive hardness of not less than
10 when tested in accordance with ASTM C241/C241M; contain no deleterious or
foreign matter; and less than one percent by weight dust content.
2.56 DIVIDER STRIPS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Manufacturer's literature should be reviewed
when making selections for divider strips. When
material and thickness of divider strips and color of
plastic strips vary, depending on location in the
project, material thickness and color should be shown
on the drawings and specified.
***************************************************************************
Provide divider strips in accordance with NTMA Info Guide and 30 mm (1-1/4
inch) deep, [_____] mm (gauge) thick and of [brass] [zinc] [plastic in color
as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]]. Standard type
one-piece divider strips must [be not lighter than 1.5 mm (No. 16 Brown &
Sharpe gage) thick] [be of thickness indicated]. Heavy-top strips may be
either one- or two-piece strips with a solid top section, [not less than 6
mm (1/4 inch) nor more than 10 mm (3/8 inch) in depth and not less than [3]
[6] mm ([1/8] [1/4] inch) thick] [of thickness shown]. Submit two 150 mm (6
inch) lengths of each type divider.
2.67 CONTROL JOINT STRIPS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Manufacturer's literature should be reviewed
when making selections for control joint strips.
***************************************************************************
Provide control joint strips in accordance with NTMA Info Guide and [_____]
mm (inches) deep, [_____] mm (gauge) thick of [brass] [zinc]. Use neoprene
filler [_____] mm (inches) thick in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00
SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]. Submit two 150 mm (6 inch) lengths of each type
control joint strip.
2.78 COLORANTS
Provide alkali-resistant and nonfading colorants. Pigments must be of
colors required to match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section
09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES].
2.89 CURING MATERIAL
Curing material must be either liquid membrane-forming compound, wet sand,
polyethylene sheeting, or water. Liquid membrane-forming compound must
conform to ASTM C309, Type I. Floor curing material products used on the
interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)
must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 8
or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification
validation of indoor air quality for curing material. Polyethylene sheeting
must conform to ASTM C171.
2.910 TERRAZZO CLEANER
Use biodegradable, phosphate free terrazzo cleaner with a pH factor between
7 and 10 and of a type specially prepared for use on terrazzo. Submit
maintenance instructions for bonded terrazzo.
2.101 SEALER
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include bracketed pH factor for NAVFAC SW
projects only.
***************************************************************************
Sealer must [have a pH factor between 7 and 10 and] be a penetrating type
specially prepared for use on terrazzo. The sealer must not discolor or
amber the terrazzo and shall produce a slip resistant surface. Flash point
of sealer shall be in accordance with NTMA Info Guide. Sealer products used
on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing
system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification
validation of indoor air quality for sealer.
2.112 SHEET MATERIALS
Sheet materials used for curing the terrazzo must conform to ASTM C171.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TERRAZZO PROPORTIONS
3.1.1 Underbed
Use underbed composed of one part portland cement to [4] [4.5] parts sand.
Add water to provide workability at as low a slump as possible. Spread to a
level 13 mm (1/2 inch) below the finished floor, to a thickness of
approximately 30 mm (1-1/4 inches).
3.1.2 Terrazzo Topping
Topping must be composed of one 43 kg (94 pound) bag of portland cement per
91 kg (200 pounds) of marble chips and approximately 20 L (5 gallons) of
water. Add color pigment as needed, but not to exceed 1 kg (2 pounds) per
bag of cement. Add water in sufficient quantity to provide workability at
as low a slump as possible.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Submit drawings indicating the type, size, and layout of divider strips and
control joint strips and color of floor areas.
3.2.1 Underbed Placement
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 9
Clean and saturate concrete surfaces with water in accordance with NTMA Info
Guide. Do not treat concrete substrate to receive bonded terrazzo with
curing agent or additives which would preclude bonding. Remove excess water
from the subfloor before slushing and brooming with neat cement paste.
Place the underbed on the concrete subfloor and screed to an elevation 13 mm
(1/2 inch) below the finished floor. Install divider strips in the
semiplastic underbed. Firmly trowel the underbed along the edges to insure
positive anchorage of the divider strips. Install control joint strips over
subfloor expansion joints and extend the full depth of the underbed.
3.2.2 Setting Divider Strips
Set in accordance with layout indicated while underbed is still plastic.
Set strips to straight lines and to the proper level to ensure that tops of
strips will show uniformly after completing grinding and finishing
operations. Fit joints and intersections tight. Where divisions in field
work are not shown, divide field work into squares or rectangles of uniform
size and not more than 1800 mm (6 feet) on a side. Divide borders by strips
to coincide with the layout of division strips in the field of floors.
Place edging strips at doorways between terrazzo and other types of flooring
and along the edges of terrazzo borders adjoining other types of floor
finishes or floor coverings. Place expansion strips over control joints,
construction joints, and expansion joints.
3.2.3 Placing Terrazzo Topping
Slush and broom the underbed in accordance with NTMA Info Guide with neat
cement paste of the same color as required for the topping. Place the
topping in panels formed by divider strips and trowel level with the top of
the strips. Seed the troweled surface with chips in the same color
proportions as contained in the terrazzo mix, trowel and roll with heavy
rollers until excess water has been extracted. Trowel the terrazzo to a
uniform surface disclosing the lines of the divider strips.
3.2.4 Curing
Cure the terrazzo until the topping develops sufficient strength to prevent
lifting or pulling of terrazzo chips during grinding. Keep the completed
terrazzo continuously moist and free of traffic during the curing period.
Cure by covering with a liquid membrane-forming compound, sheet materials,
wet sand, or sprinkling with water.
3.2.5 Finishing
[Finish in accordance with NTMA Info Guide.] [After curing the grout coat
for a minimum of 72 hours, grind the floor using a No. 80 or finer grit
stone. In the latter stages of grinding, use grit stones or other abrasive
in the grinding machine of a grain or fineness that will give the surface a
honed finish. Grind and rub by hand small areas, inaccessible portions, and
corners that cannot be reached by the grinding machine. The honed surface
of finished terrazzo must show not less than 70 percent of the area as
exposed aggregate evenly distributed, and conform in appearance to the
approved samples. Finished thickness of terrazzo topping must be a minimum
of 13 mm (1/2 inch).]
3.2.5.1 Rough Grinding
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 13 Page 10
After topping has cured, machine gring the terrazzo using the wet method, to
a true even surface using No. 24 or finer grit followed by No. 80 grit or
finer grit stone. Finish floor surface must not vary by more than 2
mm/meter (1/4 inch in 10 feet).
3.2.5.2 Grouting
After rough grinding, cleanse and rinse the floor with clean water. After
removing excess rinse water, grout the floor using identical portland
cement, color and pigments as used in the topping taking care to fill voids.
After the grout has attained its initial set, cure the surface for a minimum
of 72 hours.
3.2.5.3 Fine Grinding
After grout has cured, gring the surface with fine grit stones until all
grout is removed from the surface. Upon completion of grinding, the
terrazzo flooring must show a minimum of 70 percent of marble chips. Submit
two 150 x 150 mm (6 x 6 inch) (minimum) samples of each color of terrazzo
3.3 CLEANING AND SEALING
Wash the terrazzo with a neutral cleaner and, where required, clean with a
fine abrasive to remove stains or cement smears. Rinse the cleaned surface.
When dry, apply a terrazzo sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions.
3.4 PROTECTION
cover and protect the terrazzo work from damage until completion of the work
of all other trades.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 16 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseded
UFGS-09 66 16 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 66 16
TERRAZZO FLOOR TILE
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for cast marble or granite terrazzo tile
of various sizes and thicknesses).
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 2
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C109/C109M (2016a) Standard Test Method for Compressive
Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using
2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens)
ASTM C501 (1984; R 2015) Relative Resistance to Wear of
Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser
ASTM C97/C97M (2015) Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity
of Dimension Stone
ASTM D2047 (2011) Static Coefficient of Friction of
Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by
the James Machine
ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical
Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using
a Radiant Heat Energy Source
ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 3
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Terrazzo Tile; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Terrazzo Tile
Adhesive
Installation
SD-04 Samples
Terrazzo Tile
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 4
Terrazzo Base
Metal Edge Strips
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Manufacturer's Maintenance Instructions; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Terrazzo Tile; S
Indoor Air Quality for Adhesive; S
Warranty
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer must possess, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer, the
technical qualifications, experience, trained personnel, and facilities to
properly install the specified items.
[1.4 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the following section where these
products are used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).
***************************************************************************
1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.4.1.1 Adhesives and Sealants
Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of
the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.
]1.45 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened
containers marked with the manufacturer's brand name, color, and pattern.
Store materials delivered and placed in storage protected from damage,
weather, humidity and temperature variation, dirt and dust, or other
contaminants. Temperature of storage area must not be lower than 10 degrees
C (50 degrees F) or higher than 32 degrees C (90 degrees F).
1.56 SITE CONDITIONS
Do not install tiles until other work that could cause damage to the
finished flooring has been completed. Maintain a temperature of not less
than 21 degrees C (70 degrees F) in all areas where tile is to be installed
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 5
for a period of not less than [48] [_____] hours before, during and after
laying of tiles. Bring tiles into installation areas and allow to condition
at not less than 21 degrees C (70 degrees F) for a period of [48] [_____]
hours prior to installation. After installation of tiles, maintain a
minimum temperature of 13 degrees C (55 degrees F).
1.67 WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that
extend beyond a one year period.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Terrazzo Floor Tile Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 STANDARD PRODUCTS
Provide materials which are the standard products of a manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacture of the material and that essentially
duplicate products that have been in satisfactory use at least 2 years prior
to bid opening.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 6
2.23 TERRAZZO TILE
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Designer will select the chip requirements and
also determine whether flexible or rigid resin is
required, or give the Contractor the options. The
source of the aggregate will directly impact the look
of the tile.
Coordinate with manufacturer's data of terrazzo tile
when determining the patterns, styles, sizes and
thicknesses of tiles.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows the product is commonly available with
the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.
Based on research, insert desired minimum percentages
into the empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
provide Provide terrazzo tile of the indicated colors and consisting of
[marble] [or] [granite] chips embedded in a [flexible] [or] [rigid]
thermoset resin matrix. Submit drawings indicating pattern, size, style,
and color of tiles and two 150 by 150 mm (6 by 6 inch) minimum samples of
each color and pattern of terrazzo tile to be used. Tiles must be [5]
[_____] mm ([3/16] [_____] inch) thick and nominal [300 by 300] [_____] mm
([12 by 12] [_____] inches). Provide tiles with a [polished] [polished and
[honed] [textured]] [honed] [textured] finish with uniform color
distribution of chips. [Grade marble chips to [16] [6] mm ([5/8] [1/4]
inch) maximum size.] [Granite chips must be manufacturer's standard
gradation.] Provide tile with the following properties:
TERRAZZO TILE PROPERTIES
PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE
Compressive Strength ASTM C109/C109M 20 MPa 3000 psi minimum
Water Absorption ASTM C97/C97M 0.7 percent maximum
Abrasive Wear ASTM C501 Index 28
Coefficient of Friction ASTM D2047 0.5 wet
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 7
TERRAZZO TILE PROPERTIES
PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE
Flame Spread ASTM E84 Class A
Critical Radiant Flux ASTM E648 Class I
[
Provide Terrazzo Tile with [50][100][_____] percent recycled aggregate.
Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for terrazzo tile.]
2.34 ADHESIVE
Adhesive must be flooring manufacturer's standard product or a product
recommended by the manufacturer. Submit documentation from manufacturer
indicating that the materials conform to the specified requirements and
flooring manufacturer's approval of underlayment, adhesive, and cleaners.
Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of
the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for adhesive.
2.45 TERRAZZO BASE
Provide terrazzo base of colors as indicated, meeting the requirements of
paragraph TERRAZZO TILE and being a manufacturer's standard product.
Base/strips shall be [10] [19] mm thick by [_____] mm wide by [_____] mm
long ([3/8] [3/4] inch thick by [_____] inch wide by [_____] inch long).
Base/strips shall have [polished] [honed] [textured] finish. Submit two 100
mm (4 inch) long samples of each type and color of trim pieces.
2.56 TERRAZZO STRIPS
Provide terrazzo strips of colors as indicated, meeting the requirements of
paragraph TERRAZZO TILE and being a manufacturer's standard product. Strips
must be [_____] mm high by [_____] mm wide by [_____] mm long ([3/8] [3/4]
inch high by [_____] inch wide by [_____] inch long). Strips must have
[polished] [honed] [textured] finish. Submit two 100 mm (4 inch) long
samples of each type and color of trim pieces.
2.67 METAL EDGE STRIPS
Metal edge strips must be extruded aluminum, butt type, approximately 40 mm
(1-1/2 inches) wide with thickness to set top surface flush with top of tile
and with bevel at exposed edge. Edge strips must have countersunk holes
near each end and spaced not more than 200 mm (8 inches) on center for
securement. Submit one 150 mm (6 inch) long sample of metal edge strip
2.78 COLOR
Color must be [as indicated] [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES
FOR FINISHES] [_____].
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 8
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Install flooring and base on floor surfaces and walls where indicated.
Except as required for installation of new tile, keep traffic new tile for
at least [24] [_____] hours after installation.
3.2 EXAMINATION
After becoming familiar with details of the work, verify dimensions in the
field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before
performing the work.
3.3 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
Fill holes and cracks with mortar. Floors must be free of curing compounds,
grease, dirt, loose particles and other foreign matter that would prevent
adhesion. Chip and grind smooth projecting irregularities. Fill
depressions and level uneven surfaces. Rinse subfloors and allow to dry
prior to applying adhesive.
3.4 MOISTURE TEST
After concrete floor surfaces have been cleaned, spread small patches of
adhesive in several locations in each room or area to receive tile and
allowed to dry overnight. If the adhesive can be peeled easily from the
floor surfaces, the surface is not sufficiently dry. Repeat the steps until
the adhesive adheres properly. Do not apply tiles until adhesive adheres
tightly to the floor.
3.5 INSTALLATION
Submit the manufacturer's printed installation instructions for the
conditions indicated.
3.5.1 Tile
Install tile in accordance with the manufacturer's approved installation
instructions, except as specified herein. Lay tile symmetrical about center
lines of rooms or areas. Joints must be tight, inconspicuous as possible,
and in alignment. Cut tile to fit snugly at pipes and other vertical
surfaces. Seal joints at pipes with adhesive. Remove spots or smears of
adhesive immediately. Entire surface of finished tile floor must be smooth,
straight, and free from bleeding adhesive, buckles, waves, or projecting
tile edges upon completion. Bleeding of adhesive on finished floors is
cause for rejection by the Contracting Officer. Remove and replace damaged
or rejected tiles.
3.5.2 Metal Edge Strips
Secure edge strips with No. 10 aluminum alloy, counter-sunk, flathead
machine screws with expansion sleeves. Provide exposed edges of tile with
one-piece metal edge strips.
3.5.3 Terrazzo Base/Strips
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 16 Page 9
Terrazzo base/strips must be continuous and adhesively applied. Joints must
be tight and inconspicuous in same manner as floor tile.
3.6 CLEANING
Upon completion of the installation and after adhesive has cured, flooring
shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.7 PROTECTION
Cover and protect the terrazzo tile work from damage until completion of the
work of all other trades. Remove and replace defects which develop, such as
loose, broken, or curled tiles. Submit [six] [_____] copies of the
Manufacturer's Maintenance Instructions.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 23 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 66 23 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 66 23
RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for resinous terrazzo flooring and
conductive resinous terrazzo flooring.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The resinous terrazzo floor systems covered by
this guide specification may be used in lieu of
portland cement terrazzo where the light weight of
the thin set system would be advantageous.
The conductive resinous terrazzo flooring is
primarily intended for use in areas where volatile
materials are handled, clean-rooms, parachute
assembly areas, etc. These systems, which have a
wear factor four times better than cementitious
terrazzo and five to six times better than vinyl may
be used, when economically justified, in hard wear
areas where there is a need for a high degree of
cleanliness, a decorative effect, and some chemical
resistance. These systems will not be used over
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 2
lightweight concrete and will not be used in lieu of
quarry tile in kitchens.
The selection of a floor system for a location where
resistance to specific conditions is important should
be based upon the ability of the system to withstand
required exposure conditions. For example,
polyesters are suitable where resistance to
detergents is required but should not be used in
laboratory or other areas where spillage of sodium
hydroxide or similar strong alkaline solution occurs;
epoxies should not be used where resistance to
oxidizing acids is required or where resistance to
temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C (130 degrees
F) is required; latex mastic and resin emulsions
should not be used where resistance to strong acids
or alkalis is required. Each job should be evaluated
on its own merits considering exposure conditions,
costs, and local experience with the various systems.
Areas to receive terrazzo will be shown on the
drawings. Color should be shown by specifying a
selected plate number from the NTMA publication,
"Terrazzo Information Guide." Example: NTMA
terrazzo catalog, plate No. S-301-4. Colors selected
may be any combination of standard marble granules of
domestic origin available in the local market, but it
is highly desirable that color combinations be
designated by NTMA color plates.
***************************************************************************
1.1 SUMMARY
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Conductive floors will be used at operations
where explosives having an electrostatic sensitivity
of 0.1 joule or less such as primer, detonator,
igniter, and incendiary mixtures are exposed.
Conductive floors are also required where the
following are performed:
a. Loose unpacked ammo with electric primers.
b. Exposed electro-explosive devices.
c. Electrically initiated items with exposed
electric circuitry.
d. Hazardous materials that could be ignited by
static discharge from humans.
***************************************************************************
Apply resinous terrazzo flooring, in the colors indicated, in the areas
shown on the detail drawings. Submit two 150 x 150 mm (6 x 6 inches),
(minimum) samples of each color of resinous terrazzo and two 150 mm (6
inches) lengths, of each type of strip. Flooring must be [[an epoxy
terrazzo system that conforms to the requirements specified in paragraphs
2.01A and B of NTMA Info Guide][ or ][a polyester terrazzo flooring system
that conforms to the requirements specified in paragraphs 2.01A and B of
NTMA Info Guide.]] [a conductive [epoxy terrazzo system that conforms to the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 3
requirements specified in paragraphs 2.01A, B, and H of NTMA Info Guide.]
[or] [polyester terrazzo flooring system that conforms to the requirements
specified in paragraphs 2.10A, B, and J of NTMA Info Guide].]
1.2 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D56 (2016a) Standard Test Method for Flash Point
by Tag Closed Cup Tester
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 99 (2015; AMD 2016) Health Care Facilities Code
NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)
NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 4
1.3 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]
Strips; G[, [_____]]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 5
Control Joint Strips; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Resin
Mixing, Proportioning, and Installation
Cleaning and Sealing
SD-04 Samples
Resinous Terrazzo Flooring
SD-06 Test Reports
Certified Test Reports; G[, [_____]]
SD-07 Certificates
Qualifications of Installer; G[, [_____]]
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Marble Chips; S
Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Resin; S
Indoor Air Quality for Grout; S
Indoor Air Quality for Sealer; S
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Applicator must be approved by the resin manufacturer and shall have a
minimum of 3 years experience in the application of the materials to be used
and must have completed 8 successful installations within the past 2 years.
Furnish a written statement from the manufacturer detailing the
Qualifications of Installer.
[1.5 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the following section where these
products are used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).
***************************************************************************
1.5.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.5.1.1 Paints and Coatings
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 6
Floor primer, resin and sealer products used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.5.1.2 Adhesives and Sealants
Grout products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of
the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.
]1.56 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the project site in manufacturer's original unopened
containers. Keep materials in a clean, dry, area with temperatures
controlled between 10 and 33 degrees C (50 and 90 degrees F).
1.67 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Maintain areas to receive terrazzo at a temperature above 10 degrees C (50
degrees F) for 2 days prior to installation and for 7 days following
installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Flooring Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 7
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 PRIMER
Primer must be a material recommended by the resin manufacturer which will
penetrate the pores of the substrate and bond with the topping to form a
permanent monolithic bond between the substrate and the topping. Primer
products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for primer.
2.23 RESIN
Resin for the specified terrazzo flooring must conform to the requirements
shown in NTMA Info Guide. Submit resin manufacturer's descriptive data,
plus mixing, proportioning, and installation instructions. Resin products
used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for resin.
2.34 FILLERS
Fillers, if required, must be inert mineral or cellulosic material as
recommended by the manufacturer and best suited for the resin binder used.
Fillers must be furnished in the quantity necessary to impart the required
color and physical characteristics.
2.45 MARBLE CHIPS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Consider specifying marble chips as recycled
materials. Research shows marble chips are commonly
available from recycling operations. The designer of
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 8
record needs to confirm local/regional availability
that does not impact cost effectiveness.
***************************************************************************
Marble chips must be of domestic origin of sizes and colors to match NTMA
Info Guide color plate indicated [on the drawings] [in Section 09 06 00
SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]. Chips must be a range of sizes up to and including
the NTMA Standard No. 0 and Standard No. 1 for 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick floors
and Standard No. 0 through Standard No. 2 for 10 mm (3/8 inch) thick
floors.[
Provide Marble Chips with 100 percent recycled content. Provide data
identifying percentage of recycled content for marble chips.]
2.56 STRIPS
Submit drawings indicating the type, size, and layout of divider strips and
control joint strips.
2.56.1 Divider Strips
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Location of strips will be shown on the
drawings. Strips should be used at logical stops and
expansion joints. Manufacturer's literature should
be reviewed when making selections for strips.
Plastic divider strips and control joint strips
should be used with conductive type terrazzo.
***************************************************************************
Divider strips must be as deep as required, [_____] mm (gauge) and of
[brass] [zinc] [plastic in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES
FOR FINISHES]].
2.56.2 Control Joint Strips
Control joint strips must be as deep as required, [_____] mm (gauge) and of
[brass] [zinc] [plastic in color as indicated [on the drawings] [in Section
09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]]. Provide neoprene filler [_____] mm
(inches) thick in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR
FINISHES].
2.67 GROUT
Grout must be as recommended by the manufacturer of the resin. Grout
products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for grout.
2.78 SEALER
Sealer must have a pH factor between 7 and 10 and must be a penetrating type
specially prepared for use on terrazzo. The sealer must not discolor or
amber the terrazzo and must produce a slip resistant surface. Flash point
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 9
of sealer must be a minimum of 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) when tested in
accordance with ASTM D56. Sealer products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for sealer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR
Do not commence installation of the floor topping until the concrete
substrate has cured for at least 28 calendar days. Prepare the concrete
surfaces in accordance with the instructions of the resin manufacturer.
3.2 MIXING, PROPORTIONING, AND INSTALLATION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Terrazzo topping thickness will be determined
by the marble chip size indicated in the selected
NTMA-01 color plate referenced in paragraph MARBLE
CHIPS. If the cross-section is less than 10 mm (3/8
inch) the use of No. 1 and No. 0 size chips will be
required. Delete last sentence if resinous terrazzo
bases are not required.
***************************************************************************
Mixing, proportioning, and installing must be in accordance with the
approved instructions of the manufacturer. Install strips in locations
indicated. Appply the topping to give a finish thickness of [6] [10] mm
([1/4] [3/8] inch). Provide cove type bases cast-in-place with 25 mm (1
inch) radius cove and [100] [150] mm ([4] [6] inch) high.
3.3 TESTING
Between 30 and 45 days after flooring installation is completed, and prior
to its use, test the conductive resinous terrazzo flooring in accordance
with paragraph 12-4.1.3.8(b)(7) of NFPA 99. The resistance of the
conductive floor at any one location must be more than 5,000 ohms in areas
with 110 volts service, more than 10,000 ohms in areas with 220 volt
service, and average less than 1,000,000 ohms and more than 25,000 ohms in
all areas. Submit certificates indicating conformance with specified
requirements. Accompany certificates with certified test reports showing
that the conductive resinous terrazzo floor has been tested and meets the
requirements specified.
3.4 CLEANING AND SEALING
Wash the terrazzo with a neutral cleaner and where required, clean with a
fine abrasive to remove any stains or cement smears. Rinse the cleaned
surfaces. When dry, apply a terrazzo sealer in accordance with the
manufacturer's directions. Submit maintenance literature for terrazzo
cleaning and sealing.
3.5 PROTECTION
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 66 23 Page 10
cover and protect the terrazzo work from damage until completion of the work
of all other trades.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 67 23.14 (August 2016)
------------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 67 23.14 (August 2010)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 67 23.14
CHEMICAL RESISTANT RESINOUS FLOORING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This specification covers the requirements for
trowelled-on industrial resinous flooring, conductive
resinous flooring, and decorative resinous flooring
except resinous terrazzo.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The floor systems covered by this guide
specification are primarily intended for use in
biological laboratories, in similar areas which are
subject to hard wear or spillage of chemicals and
require a high degree of cleanliness, and for
explosive and ammunition facilities.
These systems are for use over normal weight concrete
and will not be used over lightweight concrete. The
selection of a floor system for a location where
resistance to specific chemical conditions is
important should be based upon the ability of the
system to withstand required exposure conditions.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 2
For example, polyesters are suitable for use where
resistance to detergents is required but should not
be used in laboratory or other areas where spillage
of sodium hydroxide or similar strong alkaline
solution occurs; epoxies should not be used where
resistance to oxidizing acids is required or where
resistance to temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C
(130 degrees F) is required. Each job should be
evaluated on its own merits considering exposure
conditions, costs, flammability of materials, and
local experience with the various systems. All
provisions relating to the systems not selected will
be deleted.
Check other sections of the specifications to ensure:
1. No vermiculite or perlite aggregates in concrete
substrates.
2. No curing compounds or sealers on concrete
substrates.
3. New concrete receives single trowelled finish;
and no burnished finishes.
4. Vapor barrier is provided under all concrete
slabs-on-grade.
5. Only exterior grade plywood on new plywood
substrates. No interior grade or interior grade with
exterior glue. Plywood is nailed with annular ring
or spiral nails only.
6. No dimension lumber substrate in new
construction; when existing lumber substrates are to
be covered, overlay with 50 by 50 mm (2 by 2 inch)
mesh hardware cloth.
On the drawings, show:
1. Location of resinous flooring. If more than one
type is to be used, key each to location on the
drawings.
2. Details of special items such as coved bases,
expansion joints, control joints, stairs, and floor
drains.
3. Details for grounding of conductive floors.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 3
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C307 (2003; R 2012) Tensile Strength of Chemical-
Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic
Surfacings
ASTM C413 (2011; R 2012) Absorption of Chemical-
Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic
Surfacings and Polymer Concretes
ASTM C531 (2000; R 2012) Linear Shrinkage and
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-
Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic
Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes
ASTM C579 (2001; R 2012) Compressive Strength of
Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts,
Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes
ASTM C580 (2002; R 2012) Flexural Strength and Modulus
of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars,
Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer
Concretes
ASTM C722 (2004; R 2012) Standard Specification for
Chemical-Resistant Resin Monolithic
Surfacings
ASTM D1308 (2013) Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear
and Pigmented Organic Finishes
ASTM D4060 (2014) Abrasion Resistance of Organic
Coatings by the Taber Abraser
ASTM D4263 (1983; R 2012) Indicating Moisture in
Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 4
ASTM E162 (2015b) Surface Flammability of Materials
Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 99 (2015; AMD 2016) Health Care Facilities Code
NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)
NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 5
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Sealer and Resin; G[, [_____]]
Floor Surfacing; G[, [_____]]
Conductive Sparkproof Flooring; G[, [_____]]
Mixing; G[, [_____]]
Certification
SD-04 Samples
Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]
SD-06 Test Reports
Testing; G[, [_____]]
SD-07 Certificates
Qualifications of Installer; G[, [_____]]
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Application; G[, [_____]]
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 6
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S
Indoor Air Quality for Top Coating; S
Indoor Air Quality for Sealer And Resin; S
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.3.1 Qualifications of Installer
Perform installation by an applicator approved by the manufacturer of the
floor surfacing materials. Furnish a written statement from the
manufacturer detailing the Qualifications of Installer.
1.3.2 Shop Drawings
Submit drawings indicating the type and layout of the flooring system for
approval.
[1.4 CERTIFICATIONS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the following section where these
products are used on the interior of the building
(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).
***************************************************************************
1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.
1.4.1.1 Paints and Coatings
Floor primer, top coating, resin and sealer products used on the interior of
the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet
either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for
either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
]1.45 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver the materials to the project site in unopened bags and containers
clearly labeled with the name of the manufacturer, type of material, batch
number, and date of manufacture. Store materials, other than aggregates,
away from fire, sparks, or smoking areas. Maintain the storage area between
10 and 32 degrees C (50 and 90 degrees F).
1.56 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Maintain the ambient room and floor temperatures at 18 degrees C (65 degrees
F), or above, for a period extending from 48 hours before installation until
one week after installation. Cure concrete for at least 28 days and keep it
free of water for at least 7 days prior to receiving surfacing in accordance
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 7
with ASTM D4263. Measure and insure moisture content of wood substrates
between 8 and 10 percent prior to application.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
2.1.1 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 MATERIALS
Provide materials (except aggregate) used in the flooring from a single
manufacturer. Furnish and install [trowel applied type epoxy finish of 6 mm
(1/4 inch) thickness with properties and chemical resistance conforming to
the requirements specified in NTMA Info Guide.] [trowel or spray applied
[1.6 mm (1/6 inch)] [3.17 mm (1/8 inch)] [6.35 mm (1/4 inch)] thick, epoxy,
polyester, or other resinous material conforming to ASTM C722 with [Type A
surfacings (chemical resistance and moderate to heavy traffic resistance)]
[Type B surfacings (mild chemical resistance and severe thermal shock
stability)]] resin-based flooring. Meet the following material
requirements:
2.12.1 Primer
Type recommended by the manufacturer to penetrate into the pores of the
substrate and bond with the floor surfacing matrix to form a permanent
monolithic bond between substrate and surfacing matrix. Primer products
used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the
weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH
SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces
regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.
Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for primer.
2.12.2 Aggregate
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select the desired colors for colored quartz
from the following and specify the percentage of each
color in the mixture; white, grey, brown, buff,
green, and red.
Use first bracketed sentence when industrial resinous
and conductive industrial resinous flooring are
required (biological laboratories, industrial
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 8
facilities, clean rooms, laundries, and other areas
subject to hard wear or spillage). Use second
bracketed sentence when decorative floor is desired
and floor is subject to spillage or requires high
degree of cleanliness (gang showers, clean rooms,
laundries, laboratories, and small kitchens where
quarry tile is not economically feasible).
***************************************************************************
Provide [silica sand, quartz, granite, or other suitable chemical resistant
material having a Mohr's hardness of not less than 6.0] [angular,
translucent quartz covered with a colored inorganic coating as [indicated]
[selected from manufacturer's standard aggregates]] aggregate.
2.12.3 Binder
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Delete unsuitable matrix or matrices in
accordance with the following:
Do not use latex or resin emulsion matrices where
maximum resistance to solvents, strong acid or
alkaline solutions is required; where high stain
resistance is required; where maximum resistance to
compressive loads and indentation are required; or
where colored quartz decorative aggregate is
specified.
Do not use epoxy matrix where resistance to strong
oxidizing acid solutions is required; where maximum
fire resistance is required; where subject to
prolonged temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C (130
degrees F); where frequently exposed to steam or
boiling liquids; where white or light colored quartz
decorative aggregates are specified or where
substrate cannot be thoroughly dried.
Do not use polyester matrix where resistance to
strong alkaline solutions is required; where maximum
fire resistance is required; where maximum slip
resistance is required; where building will be
occupied during installation; or where food stuffs
will be stored within building during installation.
***************************************************************************
Provide [synthetic rubber latex or resin emulsion] [thermo-setting epoxy]
[or] [medium reactive nonthixotropic modified polyester] binder.
2.12.4 Fillers
If required, provide inert silica, quartz or other hard aggregate material
fillers as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Furnish fillers in the
quantity necessary to impart the required color and physical
characteristics. Provide a filler containing sufficient fines to obtain an
even-textured, nonslip type of surface on the finished topping.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 9
2.12.5 Top Coating
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify clear top coat for decorative
aggregate flooring. Top coatings are available in
light grey, dark grey, red, blue, tan, brown, dark
green, and light green for industrial resinous
floors. Conductive resinous floorings are dark grey
to black and should be specified with conductive
clear top coats only.
***************************************************************************
Furnish [clear] [[_____] color] coating of type recommended by the
manufacturer. Floor top coating products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of
indoor air quality for top coating.
2.23 FLOORING SYSTEMS
Submit cured samples of each floor finish or color combination and Data
Package 1 in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
DATA. The complete systems, after curing, must have the following
properties when tested in accordance with the test methods listed for each
property.
2.23.1 Latex or Resinous Emulsion Matrix Floor Surfacing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Resistance to reagents specified in item j. is
required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage
associated with normal use. Where resistance to
specific chemicals associated with laboratories,
plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical
solutions and concentrations should be added to the
lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked
to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to
these chemicals.
***************************************************************************
2.23.1.1 Compressive Strength
ASTM C579, 31 MPa (4500 psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.1.2 Tensile Strength
ASTM C307, 4.2 MPa (600 psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.1.3 Flexural Strength
ASTM C580, 5.6 MPa (800 psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.1.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 10
ASTM C531; 5.5 x 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.01 mil per inch) per degree C (F)
maximum.
2.23.1.5 Bond Strength
1.4 MPa (200 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure.
2.23.1.6 Flame Spread Index
ASTM E162, 4.0 maximum.
2.23.1.7 Smoke Developed
ASTM E162, 0.4 gm maximum.
2.23.1.8 Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D4060; 30 mg weight loss.
2.23.1.9 Moisture Absorption
ASTM C413; 3.5 percent maximum.
Chemical Resistance
ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days:
Acetic Acid: 5 percent solution
Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution
Citric Acid: 5 percent solution
Coffee
Cola Syrup
Isopropyl Alcohol
Mineral Oil
Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution
Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution
Urea: 6.6 percent solution
2.23.2 Epoxy Matrix Floor Surfacing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The first set of figures in brackets for items
b. and c. represents epoxy and polyester matrix
containing more fillers and extenders and are
suitable for most installations. The second set of
figures in brackets represents high resin content
epoxy and polyester matrices and should be specified
only when higher strengths or increased chemical
resistance is required.
Resistance to reagents specified in item k. is
required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage
associated with normal use. Where resistance to
specific chemicals associated with laboratories,
plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical
solutions and concentrations should be added to the
lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 11
to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to
these chemicals.
***************************************************************************
2.23.2.1 Compressive Strength
ASTM C579; 64 MPa (10,000 psi )minimum at 7 days.
2.23.2.2 Tensile Strength
ASTM C307; [4.2] [10.3] MPa ([600] [1500] psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.2.3 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity
ASTM C580; [1610] [3215] MPa ([250,000] [500,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.2.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion
ASTM C531; 22 by 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.00004 inches per inch) per degree C
(F) maximum.
2.23.2.5 Shrinkage
ASTM C531; 0.5 percent maximum.
2.23.2.6 Bond Strength
1.9 MPa (300 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure (16 MPa (2500
psi )Compressive Strength Concrete).
2.23.2.7 Flame Spread Index
ASTM E162; 25 maximum.
2.23.2.8 Smoke Deposited
ASTM E162; 4 mg maximum.
2.23.2.9 Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D4060; 15 mg maximum weight loss.
2.23.2.10 Moisture Absorption
ASTM C413; 1.0 percent maximum.
2.23.2.11 Chemical Resistance
ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days:
Acetic acid: 5 percent solution
Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution
Citric Acid: 5 percent solution
Coffee
Cola Syrup
Isopropyl Alcohol
Mineral Oil
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 12
Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution
Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution
Urea: 6.6 percent solution
2.23.3 Polyester Matrix Floor Surfacing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: The first set of figures in brackets for items
a., b., c., and e. represents epoxy and polyester
matrix containing more fillers and extenders and are
suitable for most installations. The second set of
figures in brackets represents high resin content
epoxy and polyester matrices and should be specified
only when higher strengths or increased chemical
resistance is required.
Resistance to reagents specified in item q. is
required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage
associated with normal use. Where resistance to
specific chemicals associated with laboratories,
plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical
solutions and concentrations should be added to the
lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked
to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to
these chemicals.
***************************************************************************
2.23.3.1 Compressive Strength
ASTM C579; [51] [64] MPa ([8000] [10,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.3.2 Tensile Strength
ASTM C307; [3.8] [10.3] MPa ([600] [1500] psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.3.3 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity
ASTM C580; [3215] [6430] MPa ([500,000] [1,000,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.
2.23.3.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion
ASTM C531; 22 by 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.00004 inches per inch) per degree C
(F) maximum.
2.23.3.5 Shrinkage
ASTM C531; [0.6] [1.0] percent maximum.
2.23.3.6 Bond Strength
1.9 MPa (300 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure.
2.23.3.7 Flame Spread Index
ASTM E162; 25 maximum.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 13
2.23.3.8 Smoke Deposited
ASTM E162; 4 gm maximum.
2.23.3.9 Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D4060; no more than 0.025 mm (1.0 mil) loss of thickness.
2.23.3.10 Porosity
ASTM D4060; no more than 8 percent gain in weight and no evidence of
cracking, peeling, blistering, or loss of adhesion.
2.23.3.11 Impact Resistance
ASTM D4060; no evidence of cracking, spalling, or loss of adhesion.
2.23.3.12 Fungistatic and Bacteriostatic Resistance
ASTM D4060; no support for growth of fungus or bacteria.
2.23.3.13 Ultraviolet Light Resistance
ASTM D4060; no evidence of chalking, cracking, peeling, blistering, or loss
of adhesion.
2.23.3.14 Thermal Shock Resistance
ASTM D4060; no evidence of cracking, peeling, blistering, spalling, or loss
of adhesion.
2.23.3.15 Stain Resistance
ASTM D4060; no permanent staining.
2.23.3.16 Adhesion
ASTM D4060; 90 percent failure of concrete substrate.
2.23.3.17 Chemical Resistance
ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days.
Acetic Acid: 5 percent solution
Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution
Citric Acid: 5 percent solution
Coffee
Cola Syrup
Isopropyl Alcohol
Mineral Oil
Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution
Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution
Urea: 6.6 percent solution
2.34 CONDUCTIVE SPARKPROOF FLOORING
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 14
NOTE: Conductive floors will be used at operations
where explosives having an electrostatic sensitivity
of 0.1 joule or less such as primer, detonator,
igniter, and incendiary mixtures are exposed.
Conductive floors are also required where the
following are performed:
a. Loose unpacked ammo with electric primers.
b. Exposed electro-explosive devices.
c. Electrically initiated items with exposed
electric circuitry.
d. Hazardous materials that could be ignited by
static discharge from humans.
***************************************************************************
Trowel or spray apply conductive sparkproof industrial resin-based flooring
[1.6 mm (1/16 inch)] [3 mm (1/8 inch)] [6 mm (1/4 inch)] thick, epoxy,
polyester, or other resinous material conforming to ASTM C722with [Type A
surfacings (chemical resistance and moderate to heavy traffic resistance)]
[Type B surfacings (mild chemical resistance and severe thermal shock
stability)]. Ground conductive flooring and conform to the requirements for
conductive flooring of NFPA 99.
2.45 SEALER AND RESIN
Provide a sealer product recommended by the industrial resin-based flooring
manufacturer; when applied to the resin topping and dried, it must be
nonslip and resistant to staining and suitable for the type application
indicated. Floor resin and sealer products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certificate validation for Indoor
Air Quality for Sealer and Resin.
2.56 ANTIMICROBIAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the requirement for this item only on
projects where this additional feature is needed.
***************************************************************************
Treat industrial resin-based flooring to be resistant to fungi and bacteria.
2.67 COLOR
Provide color [as indicated] [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES
FOR FINISHES] [_____].
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Resinous floor systems should not be installed
over existing resilient tile or sheet flooring. If
existing concrete substrates are badly cracked,
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 15
crumbling, punky, or deeply contaminated with oil or
fat, a new concrete topping of proper thickness and
strength should be shown and specified. Wood floors
that are poorly supported, badly worn, splinter,
grease or oil soaked should be renovated prior to
application of resinous flooring.
***************************************************************************
[Completely remove existing resilient flooring and adhesive by scraping.]
[Remove all dirt, dust, debris, and other loose particles by sweeping or
vacuum cleaning.] Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive the
flooring by masking, or by other means, to maintain these surfaces free of
the flooring material.
[3.1.1 Concrete Surfaces
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Proper preparation of substrate is essential
for satisfactory performance of resinous floor
systems. Existing concrete floors should be
carefully inspected to determine condition. Based on
inspection, select most suitable surface treatment:
Surface Condition Surface Preparation Required
New Concrete Acid etching and air drying
Old Concrete
Acid contaminated Neutralize with hot alkaline cleaner,
acid etching, and air drying
Oil, fat or wax contaminated Mechanical cleaning or steam cleaning
Alkali contaminated Acid etching and air drying
Painted Mechanical cleaning or paint stripping
Adhesive and asphalt contaminated Mechanical cleaning
Dust and dirt contaminated Mechanical cleaning
Form oil, sealer or curing compound
contaminated
Mechanical cleaning
NOTE: Select the applicable paragraph(s) from the
following:
***************************************************************************
[3.1.1.1 Mechanical Cleaning
Completely remove dirt, wax, paint, laitance, and [_____] by grinding with a
terrazzo machine, sanding with coarse open grid sandpaper, sand blasting,
chipping, bush hammering, or wire brushing.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 16
][3.1.1.2 Steam Cleaning
Completely remove all animal fats, grease, oil, wax, and [_____] using a
high pressure steam cleaner equipped with a soap injection system. Scrape
the surface to remove any build-up of debris. Then thoroughly saturate the
surface with hot caustic solution. Allow the solution to remain on the
floor for 15 to 20 minutes. Apply steam, with caustic, over the presoaked
area until all contamination is removed. Leach the caustic residue from the
surface using one or more applications of steam without caustic. Flush the
floor with warm water.
][3.1.1.3 Paint Stripping
Brush or spray on a paint stripping material that has been demonstrated to
effectively remove the paint. Leave the stripping material on the surface
until the paint has softened or blistered. Remove paint by scraping,
brushing, or wiping. Rinse the surface in accordance with the stripping
material manufacturer's recommendations. Avoid strippers containing toxic
methylene chloride.
][3.1.1.4 Acid Etching
Apply a 10 percent solution of muriatic acid at a rate of one L/square meter
(one quart/each 10 square feet) of concrete surface. Allow the solution to
stand until it stops bubbling but not less than 5 minutes. Remove the acid
and wash the surfaces several times, as required, to remove all traces of
the acid. Always dilute acid by pouring into water. Use face shield rubber
gloves, and other safety equipment when using acids, alkalis, or solvents.
][3.1.1.5 Air Drying
After cleaning, allow concrete surface to air dry thoroughly prior to
application of surfacing. Blowers or oil free compressed air may be used.
Do not use flame-drying methods. Prior to application of surfacing, test
concrete surface for excessive moisture in at least two locations. Place
rubber mats at each location with smooth side against concrete and place
weight on top of mat to hold in position and ensure contact with concrete.
Polyethylene with all edges taped may be used in lieu of mats. After 8
hours remove mat or sheeting and examine floor surface for moisture
accumulation. If tests indicate accumulation of moisture at either
location, perform additional air drying until additional tests show no
moisture accumulation.
]]3.1.2 Plywood
For new plywood substrates, provide exterior grade plywood with exterior
grade glue nailed with annular ring or spiral nails. Sand the plywood to
remove all latent contaminants. Sweep or vacuum surfaces to remove all
sanding debris. Tape joints with 100 mm (4 inch) wide glass fiber
reinforced tape.
3.1.3 Ceramic Tile
Remove all fats, oils, grease, or soap scum using a caustic solution of one
kg (one pound) of caustic soda to 8.3 L (one gallon) of water. Allow the
solution to stand on the surface for at least one hour then scrub with steel
brushes or steel wool. Mop up the caustic solution, neutralize it with a 10
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 17
percent muriatic acid solution, and thoroughly rinse the residue from the
surface. Test glazed tile a deglazing agent as recommended by the flooring
manufacturer and sanded or acid etched to roughen the surface sufficiently
to obtain a good bond. Sweep or vacuum surfaces to remove all sanding
debris. Use face shield, rubber gloves, and other safety equipment when
using acids, alkalis, or solvents.
3.1.4 Substrate Cracks, Spalls, Joints, and Depressions
Fill all cracks, joints, spalls, and other depressions in the substrate with
a latex underlayment, as recommended by the manufacturer compatible with the
floor surfacing material.
3.2 MIXING
Proportion and mix the floor surfacing components in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Submit flooring manufacturer's descriptive
data, mixing, proportioning, and installation instructions. Include
maintenance literature for resinous flooring.
3.3 APPLICATION
Submit complete instructions for application of flooring system including
any precautions or special handling instructions required to comply with
OSHA 29 CFR 1910-Subpart Z. Apply primer, floor surfacing, and seal coat in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following
requirements.
3.3.1 Primer
Apply primer uniformly over the entire area to receive floor surfacing using
clean rubber squeegees or clean steel trowels. Do not allow primer to
collect in depressions. Allow primer to dry thoroughly before the next coat
is applied. Reprime porous areas or areas where primer has dried.
3.3.2 Floor Surfacing
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Specify desired thickness of resinous
flooring. Latex and resinous emulsion matrix
flooring should be installed 6, 10 and 13 mm (1/4,
3/8, and 1/2 inch) thick for light, medium, and heavy
duty traffic. Epoxy and polyester matrix flooring
should be installed 3, 5 and 6 mm (1/8, 3/16, and 1/4
inch) thick for light, medium, and heavy duty
traffic.
Use first bracketed option requiring continuous floor
installation only if structural floor control joints
have been located out of floor area.
***************************************************************************
Apply mixed surfacing material to provide a finish floor surfacing not less
than [_____] mm (inch) thick. The entire surfacing in any one room or area
must be [placed in one continuous operation without use of cold joints or
divider strips] [one continuous operation except for placement of divider
strips at structural floor control joints or as indicated]. All surfaces
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 67 23.14 Page 18
must be flush, true to plane and line, and level within 2 mm in one meter
(1/4 inch in 10 feet).
3.3.3 Seal Coat
Apply seal coat uniformly covering all surfaces after floor surfacing has
cured and as recommended by the supplier.
3.4 TESTING
***************************************************************************
NOTE: For explosive and ammunition facilities and
other facilities requiring conductive sparkproof
industrial resinous flooring, edit the following
paragraphs. Omit when not required.
***************************************************************************
Submit reports of tests for conductive sparkproof flooring, including
analysis and interpretation of test results. Properly identify each report.
Identify and record the test methods used.
3.4.1 Electrical Resistance
Test the flooring between 30 and 45 days after flooring installation is
completed, and prior to its use, in accordance with paragraph 12-
4.1.3.8(b)(7) of NFPA 99. The resistance of the floor at any one location
must be more than 5,000 ohms in areas with 110 volts service, more than
10,000 ohms in areas with 220 volt service, and average less than 1,000,000
ohms and more than 25,000 ohms in all areas. Perform tests using a
technician experienced in such work.
3.4.2 Spark Resistance
Test the floor for spark resistance by stroking the floor vigorously with a
300 mm (12 inch) hardened steel file in a 914.4 mm (3 foot) arc. Perform
the test for each 7.43 square meters (80 square feet) of floor area.
Perform the tests in a darkened space and only when the relative humidity of
the atmosphere within the space does not exceed 50 percent. The floor must
not produce a spark when tested under these conditions.
3.5 PROTECTION
Allow surfacing to set for a minimum period of 48 hours before traffic is
allowed on the floor. Protect finished flooring from traffic by covering
with 13.5 kg (30 pound) building paper or other equally effective means
until final acceptance of the project.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 68 00 (August 2016)
-------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 68 00 (November 2013)
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 68 00
CARPETING
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for broadloom carpet, modular tile
carpet, and entrance carpet.
This section is intended for floor coverings only,
and should not be used to specify carpeting installed
on wall or ceiling surfaces. Where carpeting is to
be used on surfaces other than floors, refer to
Section 09 72 00 WALLCOVERINGS.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Carpet containing recovered material is
designated in 40 CFR 247.12 and subsequent Recovered
Materials Advisory Notices (RMAN) as an affirmative
procurement item. Designers should give preference
to products containing recycled, recovered and/or
biobased or rapidly renewable material when price,
performance, and availability meet project
requirements.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 2
Options to consider include:
1) Recycled or recovered materials:
a. Use of polyester carpet fiber face, polyethylene
terephthalate resin. (A justification is required
when polyester fiber is specified in lieu of
polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fiber).
b. Use of carpet cushion containing recovered
materials.
c. Use of nylon fiber with recycled content.
d. Use of triexta (PTT) fiber with recycled
content.
e. Use of triexta (PTT) carpet with backing
containing recycled content.
f. Use of nylon carpet with backing containing
recovered carpet.
g. Use of a program that reconditions and restores
old carpet for re-use.
h. Use of programs to send old carpet and existing
carpet waste back to mills for recycling, rather than
to landfills.
2) Biobased or rapidly renewably materials: Use of
triexta (PTT) fiber with biobased or rapidly
renewable content.
Edit paragraph Physical Characteristics within this
section and Section 02 41 00 {DEMOLITION} {AND}
{DECONSTRUCTION} as necessary. If submittals are
added or deleted in the SUBMITTALS paragraph, make
sure the description of the submittal in the text
(corresponding paragraph) is also revised
accordingly.
***************************************************************************
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 3
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS (AATCC)
AATCC 107 (2013) Colorfastness to Water
AATCC 134 (2016) Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets
AATCC 16 (2004; E 2008; E 2010) Colorfastness to Light
AATCC 165 (2013) Colorfastness to Crocking: Textile
Floor Coverings - Crockmeter Method
AATCC 174 (2016) Antimicrobial Activity Assessment of
New Carpets
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D1335 (2012) Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of
Pile Yarn Floor Coverings
ASTM D1667 (2017) Standard Specification for Flexible
Cellular Materials - Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
Foam (Closed-Cell)
ASTM D297 (2015) Rubber Products - Chemical Analysis
ASTM D3278 (1996; R 2011) Flash Point of Liquids by
Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus
ASTM D3574 (2017) Standard Test Methods for Flexible
Cellular Materials—Slab, Bonded, and Molded
Urethane Foams
ASTM D3676 (2013) Rubber Cellular Cushion Used for
Carpet or Rug Underlay
ASTM D5793 (2013) Binding Sites Per Unit Length or Width
of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings
ASTM D5848 (2010; E 2010) Mass Per Unit Area of Pile
Yarn Floor Coverings
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 4
ASTM D6859 (2011) Standard Test Method for Pile
Thickness of Finished Level Pile Yarn Floor
Coverings
ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical
Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using
a Radiant Heat Energy Source
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)
CRI CIS (2011) Carpet Installation Standard
CRI GLP QM (2015) Green Label Plus Quality Manual
GREEN SEAL (GS)
GS-36 (2011) Commercial Adhesives
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 2551 (1981) Machine-made Textile Floor Coverings -
Determination of Dimensional Changes Due to
the Effects of Varied Water and Heat
Conditions
SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage
SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings
SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant
Applications
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
16 CFR 1630 Standard for the Surface Flammability of
Carpets and Rugs (FF 1-70)
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For
Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,
Finishes And Furnishings
WOOLMARK COMPANY (WBI)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 5
Woolmark (1964) Certification for Use of 100 Percent
Wool
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Installation Drawings; G[, [_____]]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 6
Moldings; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Carpet; G[, [_____]]
Carpet Cushion; G[, [_____]]
Moldings; G[, [_____]]
Physical Characteristics
SD-04 Samples
Carpet; G[, [_____]]
Moldings; G[, [_____]]
Carpet Cushion; G[, [_____]]
SD-06 Test Reports
Moisture and Alkalinity Tests; G[, [_____]]
SD-07 Certificates
Indoor Air Quality
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Surface Preparation
Installation
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Carpet; G[, [_____]]
Cleaning and Protection; G[, [_____]]
Maintenance Service
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Carpeting; S
Recycled Content for Fiber Cushion; S
Recycled Content for Rubber Cushion; S
Recycled Content for Polyurethane-Foam Cushion; S
Indoor Air Quality for Carpet; S
Indoor Air Quality for Fiber Cushion; S
Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Cushion; S
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 7
Indoor Air Quality for Polyurethane-Foam Cushion; S
Indoor Air Quality for Aerosol Adhesives; S
Indoor Air Quality for Non-Aerosol Adhesives; S
Indoor Air Quality for Concrete Primer; S
Warranty
1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications
1.3.1.1 Floor Covering Materials
Provide carpet and cushion products certified to meet indoor air quality
requirements by UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor
Advantage Gold, CRI GLP QM or provide certification or validation by other
third-party program that products meet the requirements of this
paragraphSection. Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION
01350. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.3.1.2 Paints and Coatings
Concrete primer products used on the interior of the building (defined as
inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
1.3.1.3 Adhesives and Sealants
Sealants and non-aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Aerosol adhesive products used on the
interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)
must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
or VOC content requirements of GS-36. Provide current product certification
documentation from certification body.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to the site in the manufacturer's original wrappings and
packages clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, brand name, size, dye
lot number, and related information. Remove materials from packaging and
store them in a clean, dry, well ventilated area (100 percent outside air
supply, minimum of 1.5 air changes per hour, and no recirculation),protected
from damage, soiling, and moisture, and strong contaminant sources and
residues, and maintain at a temperature above 16 degrees C (60 degrees F)
for 2 days prior to installation. Do not store carpet or carpet tiles with
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 8
materials which have high emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or
other contaminants, including paints and adhesives. Do not store carpet
near materials that may off gas or emit harmful fumes, such as kerosene
heaters, fresh paint, or adhesives.
1.5 AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Maintain areas in which carpeting is to be installed at a temperature above
16 degrees C (60 degrees F) and below 32 degrees C (90 degrees F) for 2 days
before installation, during installation, and for 2 days after installation.
Provide temporary ventilation during work of this section. Maintain a
minimum temperature of 13 degrees C (55 degrees F) thereafter for the
duration of the contract.
1.6 WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties
including minimum ten year wear warranty, two year material and workmanship
and ten year tuft bind and delamination.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Carpeting Materials
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements. A resource that can be used to identify
products with recycle content is the "Comprehensive
Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's
website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with
recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all
requirements of this specification.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 9
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 CARPET
***************************************************************************
NOTE: If more than one carpet type is required for a
project, use a separate paragraph for each carpet
type. Designate each carpet type with a letter or
number symbol. Use the same designations to key
carpets to locations on the drawings and in Section
09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES.
ADA Requirements: Carpet must be securely attached;
have a firm cushion, or backing, or no cushion; and
have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or
level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum thickness
should be 13 mm (1/2 inch). Fasten exposed edges of
carpet to floor surfaces and have trim along the
entire length of the exposed edge.
Nylon fiber is typically abrasion resistant and
durable in all pile configurations using filament
fiber, has good stain removal characteristics, and is
recommended for commercial installations.
Triexta (PTT) fiber is recommended for both
commercial and residential installations. For
commercial installations, triexta offers excellent
durability, resiliency and crush resistance that is
suited for high-traffic areas. Permanent stain
resistance, bleach resistance and colorfastness built
right into the fiber, make triexta carpets easy to
clean and will extend the life of a commercial
carpet. Residential installations will benefit from
these attributes as well as softness and comfort
under foot. Additionally, some triexta fibers
contribute to the biobased material requirement.
Polyethylene terephthalate (PET) recycled polyester
fiber has permanent fade resistance, is permanently
colorfast, has a permanent stain resistance which is
higher than other type fibers, is impervious to harsh
chemicals, and has the lowest static buildup. PET
type polyester carpet, once crushed under continued
high pressure, is less likely than nylon carpet to
rebound. PET carpet is not recommended for severe
and moderate wear level areas and should be limited
to light wear areas.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 10
Wool is a natural fiber, which is inherently flame
resistant, forming a char that will neither melt nor
drip. Wool is also rapidly renewable and resilient,
and due to the scaly character of its fiber it
scatters optical light, thus reducing soiling
visibility. Wool is highly recommended for shipboard
use due to it being inherently flame resistant.
Wool, cotton, jute, hemp and sisal carpets may not
meet accepted performance requirements of commercial
carpet. Verify suitability, availability and
adequate competition before specifying these
products.
Flexible and modular components, like carpet tile,
reduce the labor and materials costs related to
operations and maintenance, churn, and future
renovations.
Continuous dye process uses two to three times less
water than batch dyeing during manufacture.
***************************************************************************
Furnish first quality carpet; free of visual blemishes, streaks, poorly dyed
areas, fuzzing of pile yarn, spots or stains, and other physical and
manufacturing defects. Provide carpet materials and treatments as
reasonably nonallergenic and free of other recognized health hazards.
Provide a static control construction on all grade carpets which gives
adequate durability and performance. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and
printed documentation stating physical characteristics, durability,
resistance to fading, and flame resistance characteristics for each type of
carpet material and installation accessory. Submit manufacturer's catalog
data for 1) Carpet, 2) Carpet Cushion, and 3) Moldings. Also, submit
samples of the following:
a. Carpet: [Two] [_____] "Production Quality" samples 450 by 450 mm (18
by 18 inches) of each carpet proposed for use, showing quality,
pattern, and color specified
b. Moldings: [Two] [_____] pieces of each type at least 300 mm (12
inches) long
c. Special Treatment Materials: [Two] [_____] samples showing system and
installation method
2.12.1 Recycled Content
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements. A resource that can be used to identify
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 11
products with recycled content is the "Comprehensive
Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's
website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with
recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all
requirements of this specification.
Research shows the product is available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers
and regions have higher percentages. Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
Carpeting must contain a minimum of [20][40][_____] percent post-consumer
recycled content, or a minimum of [20][40][_____] percent post-industrial
recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content
for carpeting.
Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for carpet.
2.12.2 Physical Characteristics for [Broadloom][Modular Tile][Entrance]
Carpet
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Copy this paragraph if more than one carpet is
specified.
***************************************************************************
2.12.2.1 Carpet Construction
[Tufted] [Woven] [Bonded] [Needlebond] [Needle Felt] [_____]
2.12.2.2 Type
[Broadloom [3.6] [1.8] m ([12] [6] feet) minimum usable carpet width [with
exception of corridors] [and] [stairs] [_____].][Modular tile [450 by 450]
[500 by 500] [600 by 600] mm square ([18 by 18] [20 by 20] [24 by 24] inch
square) with 0.15 percent growth/shrink rate in accordance with ISO 2551.]
[Entrance [450 by 450] [_____] mm ([18 by 18] [_____] inch) square [3.6]
[1.8] m ([12] [6] feet) width [_____] mat size.] [See Section [09 69 13
RIGID GRID ACCESS FLOORING][ and ][09 69 19 STRINGERLESS ACCESS FLOORING]
for size required for a one to one alignment with raised access floor
panels.]
2.12.2.3 Pile Type
[Level-loop] [Multilevel loop] [Cut and loop] [Frieze] [Cut pile] [Random
sheared] [Level tip shear]
2.12.2.4 Pile Fiber
Commercial 100 percent branded (federally registered trademark) [nylon
continuous filament] [nylon staple] [triexta or PTT] [wool with Woolmark
certification] [wool blend with Wool Bureau certification] [_____].
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 12
2.12.2.5 Gauge or Pitch
Minimum [_____] mm (inch) in accordance with ASTM D5793
2.12.2.6 Stitches or Rows/Wires
Minimum [_____] per square meter (square inch)
2.12.2.7 Surface Pile Weight
Minimum [_____] kg/square meter (ounces per square yard). This does not
include weight of backings. Determine weight in accordance with ASTM D5848.
2.12.2.8 Pile Thickness
Minimum [_____] mm (inch) in accordance with ASTM D6859
2.12.2.9 Pile Density
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Pile Density = 36 x Pile Weight/Pile
Thickness.
***************************************************************************
Minimum [_____]
2.12.2.10 Dye Method
[Solution dyed] [Stock dyed] [Yarn (or Skein) dyed] [Piece dyed] [Space dye]
[Continuous dye]
2.12.2.11 Backing Materials
Provide primary backing materials like [those customarily used and accepted
by the trade for each type of carpet] [polypropylene] [synthetic material]
[synthetic material] [rubber] [jute] [cotton] [_____]. Provide secondary
backing to suit project requirements of those customarily used and accepted
by the trade for each type of carpet.
2.12.2.12 Attached Cushion
Provide an attached cushion [chemically frothed polyurethane with minimum
weight of 0.610 kg/sq. m (18 oz/sq. yard), minimum density of 176 kg/cubic m
(11 lb/cubic foot)] [mechanically frothed polyurethane with minimum weight
of 0.745 kg/sq. m (22 oz/sq. yard), minimum density of 224 kg/cubic m (14
lb/cubic foot), minimum thickness of 2.5 mm (0.100 inch), and maximum
compression resistance of 34.5 kPa (5 psi), and compression set of 15
percent in accordance with ASTM D3676]. Do not exceed the maximum ash
content of 50 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D297. Pass the
accelerated aging test in accordance with [ASTM D3676] [ASTM D1667] for the
cushion.
2.23 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
2.23.1 Static Control
***************************************************************************
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 13
NOTE: Specify static control to meet project
requirements. Installations for critical areas such
as computer rooms will use the 2.0 kV requirements.
Static protected carpets for most commercial
installations are normally rated at 3.5 kV.
***************************************************************************
Provide static control to permanently regulate static buildup to less than
[3.5] [2.0] [_____] kV when tested at 20 percent relative humidity and 21
degrees C (70 degrees F) in accordance with AATCC 134.
2.23.2 Flammability and Critical Radiant Flux Requirements
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Choice of critical radiant flux level as it
applies to building type and area of application will
be made in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA
101. Wherever the use of Class II (0.22) watts
finish is required, Class I (0.45) watts will be
permitted.
***************************************************************************
Comply with 16 CFR 1630. Provide carpet in corridors and exits with a
minimum average critical radiant flux of [0.22] [0.45] watts per square
centimeter when tested in accordance with ASTM E648.
2.23.3 Tuft Bind
Comply with ASTM D1335 for tuft bind force required to pull a tuft or loop
free from carpet backing with a minimum [40 N (10 pound )average force for
loop pile broadloom] [18 N (3 pound )average force for cut pile broadloom]
[36 N (8 pound )average force for modular carpet tile].
2.23.4 Colorfastness to Crocking
Comply dry and wet crocking with AATCC 165 and with a Class 4 minimum rating
on the AATCC Color Transference Chart for all colors.
2.23.5 Colorfastness to Light
Comply colorfastness to light with AATCC 16, Test Option E "Water-Cooled
Xenon-Arc Lamp, Continuous Light" and with a minimum 4 grey scale rating
after 40 hours.
2.23.6 Colorfastness to Water
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include this test when specifying carpet
constructed of yarn dyed fibers.
***************************************************************************
Comply colorfastness to water with AATCC 107 and with a minimum 4.0 gray
scale rating and a minimum 4.0 transfer scale rating.
2.23.7 Delamination Strength
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 14
Provide delamination strength for tufted carpet with a secondary back of
minimum 440 N/m (2.5 lbs/inch).
2.23.8 Antimicrobial
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include when required for a specific use such
as child care, dining facilities or hospitals.
***************************************************************************
Nontoxic antimicrobial treatment in accordance with AATCC 174 Part I
(qualitative), guaranteed by the carpet manufacturer to last the life of the
carpet.
2.34 CARPET CUSHION
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Carpet cushions are EPA designated products
for recycled content. Use materials with recycled
content, calculated on the basis of post-industrial
and post-consumer percentage content where
appropriate for use. Designer must vVerify
suitability, availability within the region, cost
effectiveness and adequate competition (including
verification of bracketed percentages included in
this guide specification) before specifying product
recycled content requirements. A resource that can be
used to identify products with recycle content is the
"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page
within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov. Other
products with recycled content are also acceptable
when meeting all requirements of this specification.
Research shows the product is available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers
and regions have higher percentages. Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Select the appropriate carpet cushion.
***************************************************************************
[2.34.1 Fiber Cushion
[Rubberized hair, mothproofed and sterilized] [Rubberized jute [with minimum
40 percent recycled content], mothproofed and sterilized] [Synthetic with
minimum [___] percent recycled content] [Resinated, recycled textile].
[Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for fiber cushion.
Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for fiber cushion.]
2.34.1.1 Weight
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 15
[ ] g/sq.m([ ] oz./sq. yd.)
2.34.1.2 Thickness
[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum
2.34.1.3 Density
[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)
][2.34.2 Rubber Cushion
[Flat][Rippled waffle][Textured flat][Reinforced][, with minimum 60 percent
recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content
for rubber cushion.
Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for rubber cushion.]
2.34.2.1 Weight
[ ] g/sq.m([ ] oz./sq. yd.)
2.34.2.2 Thickness
[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum
2.34.2.3 Compression Resistance
[ ] kg/sq. mm([ ] lb/sq. in.) at [25][65] percent in accordance with
ASTM D3574.
2.34.2.4 Density
[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)
][2.34.3 Polyurethane-Foam Cushion
[Grafted prime] [Densified] [Bonded] [Mechanically frothed] [, with minimum
15 percent recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of
recycled content for polyurethane-foam cushion.
Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide
certification of indoor air quality for polyurethane-foam cushion.]
2.34.3.1 Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent
[ ] mm([ ] lb/sq.in.) of polymer density in accordance with ASTM
D3574
2.34.3.2 Thickness
[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum
2.34.3.3 Density
[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 16
]2.34.4 Performance Requirements - Critical Radiant Flux
Provide carpet cushion in corridors and exits with a minimum average
critical radiant flux of [0.22][0.45] watts per square centimeter when
tested in accordance with ASTM E648.
2.45 ADHESIVES AND CONCRETE PRIMER
Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials.
Provide water resistant, mildew resistant, nonflammable, and nonstaining
adhesives and concrete primers for carpet installation as required by the
carpet manufacturer. Provide release adhesive for modular tile carpet as
recommended by the carpet manufacturer. Provide adhesives flashpoint of
minimum 60 degrees C (140 degrees F) in accordance with ASTM D3278. Non-
aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as
inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions
requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of
SCAQMD Rule 1168. Aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the
building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either
emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either
office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content
requirements of GS-36. Provide certification validation of indoor air
quality for aerosol adhesives. Provide certification validation of indoor
air quality for non-aerosol adhesives. Concrete primer products used on the
interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)
must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)
or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification
validation of indoor air quality for concrete primer.
2.56 MOLDINGS
Provide carpet moldings where floor covering material changes or carpet edge
does not abut a vertical surface. Provide an aluminum molding, pinless
clamp-down type, designed for the type of carpet being installed. Provide
[natural color anodized] [prefinished color [_____] finish. Provide a floor
flange of a minimum 38 mm (1-1/2 inch) wide and face a minimum 16 mm (5/8
inch) wide.] [a heavy-duty [vinyl] [rubber] molding designed for the type of
carpet being installed. Provide floor flange of a minimum [38 mm] ([1 1/2
inches]) wide. Provide [_____] color to match [resilient base] [_____]].
2.67 TAPE
Provide tape for seams as recommended by the carpet manufacturer for the
type of seam used in installation. Seam sealant must have a maximum VOC
content of no more than 50 grams/liter. Do not use sealants that contain
1,1,1-trichloroethane or toluene.
2.78 COLOR, TEXTURE, AND PATTERN
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Coordinate editing of color reference
sentence(s) with the Government. Generally the
Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES or drawings
are used when the project is designed by an Architect
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 17
or Interior designer. Select color from
manufacturer's standard colors or identified in this
specification only when the project has minimal
finishes.
When the government directs that color be located in
the drawings, add a note that states: "Where color
is shown as being specific to one manufacturer, an
equivalent color by another manufacturer may be
submitted for approval. Manufacturers and materials
specified are not intended to limit the selection of
equal colors from other manufacturers. The word
"color" as used herein includes surface color and
pattern."
When more than one type, pattern or color is
specified identify location.
When a manufacturer's name, stock number, pattern,
and color is specified for color, be certain that the
product conforms to the specification, as edited.
***************************************************************************
Provide color, texture, and pattern in accordance with [Section 09 06 00
SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES] [the drawings] [_____].
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
Do not install carpet on surfaces that are unsuitable and will prevent a
proper installation. Prepare subfloor in accordance with flooring
manufacturer's recommended instructions. Repair holes, cracks, depressions,
or rough areas using material recommended by the carpet or adhesive
manufacturer. Free floor of any foreign materials and sweep clean. Before
beginning work, test subfloor with glue and carpet to determine "open time"
and bond. Submit [three] [_____] copies of the manufacturer's printed
installation instructions for the carpet, including preparation of
substrate, seaming techniques, and recommended adhesives and tapes.
3.2 MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY TESTS
Test concrete slab for moisture content and excessive alkalinity in
accordance with CRI CIS. Submit [three] [_____] copies of test reports of
moisture and alkalinity content of concrete slab stating date of test,
person conducting the test, and the area tested.
3.3 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Coordinate need for sealing of concrete slab
with project requirements such as wet conditions
which might occur in hospital care.
***************************************************************************
Do not commence installation of the carpeting until concrete substrate is at
least 90 days old. Prepare the concrete surfaces in accordance with the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 18
carpet manufacturer's instructions. Match carpet, when required, and
adhesives to prevent off-gassing to a type of curing compounds, leveling
agents, and concrete sealer.
3.4 INSTALLATION
Isolate area of installation from rest of building. Perform all work by
manufacturer's approved installers. Conduct installation in accordance with
the manufacturer's printed instructions and CRI CIS. Protect edges of
carpet meeting hard surface flooring with molding and install in accordance
with the molding manufacturer's printed instructions. Use autofoam
mothproofing system for wool carpets. Follow ventilation, personal
protection, and other safety precautions recommended by the adhesive
manufacturer. Continue ventilation during installation and for at least 72
hours following installation. Do not permit traffic or movement of
furniture or equipment in carpeted area for 24 hours after installation.
Complete other work which would damage the carpet prior to installation of
carpet. Submit [three] [_____] copies of installation drawings for 1)
Carpet, 2) Carpet Cushion, and 3) Moldings indicating areas receiving
carpet, carpet types, patterns, direction of pile, location of seams, and
locations of edge molding.
Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of
biological growth.
3.4.1 Broadloom Installation
Install broadloom carpet [direct glue down] [pre-applied adhesive glue down]
smooth, uniform, and secure, with a minimum of seams. Apply regular,
unnoticeable, and treated seams with a seam adhesive. Run side seams toward
the light, where practical, and where such layout does not increase the
number of seams. Install breadths parallel, with carpet pile in the same
direction. Match patterns accurately. Neatly cut and fit cutouts, at door
jambs, columns and ducts securely. Locate seams at doorways parallel to and
centered directly under doors. Do not make seams perpendicular to doors or
at pivot points. Provide seams at changes in directions of corridors to
follow the wall line parallel to the carpet direction. Lay the carpet
lengthwise down the corridors with widths less than 1.8 m (6 feet).
3.4.2 Modular Tile Installation
Install modular tiles with [permanent vinyl-compatible] [_____] adhesive and
snug joints. Use [monolithic][1/4 turn][ashlar][brick][random][_____]
installation method. Provide accessibility to the subfloor where required.
[See Section [09 69 13 RIGID GRID ACCESS FLOORING][ and ][09 69 19
STRINGERLESS ACCESS FLOORING] for installation method of carpet tile on
access flooring.]
3.4.3 Entrance Carpet Installation
[Install tiles with [permanent vinyl-compatible] [release] adhesive and snug
joints. Use [monolithic][1/4 turn][ashlar][brick][random] installation
method. ][Install roll goods [direct glue down] [pre-applied adhesive glue
down] and smooth, uniform, and secure, with a minimum of seams. Prepare
regular, unnoticeable, and treated seams with a seam adhesive. Install
breadths parallel, with carpet pile in the same direction. Match patterns
accurately. Neatly cut and fit, securely, cutouts at door jambs, columns,
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 19
and ducts. Locate seams at doorways parallel to and centered directly under
doors. Do not make seams perpendicular to doors or at pivot points.] [Cut
mats to specified size and finish them with a tapered vinyl edge that is
glued and sewn on.]
[3.4.4 Stretch-in Installation
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Installation with tack strips (stretch in
method) over cushion can avoid potential adhesive
interaction with carpet backing. It is appropriate
for residential and hospitality settings, in which
rooms are relatively small and separate cushion is
used; but not feasible in large, open spaces.
***************************************************************************
Provide carpet tack strips wherever carpeting abuts vertical surfaces.
Install tackless carpet stripping by nailing. Place carpet cushion face-up,
as recommended by cushion manufacturer, over entire floor area to be
carpeted with joints butted. Do not use adhesives to attach carpet,
cushion, or substrate. Comply with carpet manufacturer's instructions for
installation. Attach rubber or metal edge strip to substrate with adhesive
for transition when carpet meets other flooring materials or to finish
carpet edge when required.
]3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Submit [three] [_____] copies of carpet manufacturer's maintenance
instructions describing recommended type of cleaning equipment and material,
spotting and cleaning methods, and cleaning cycles.
3.5.1 Cleaning
As specified in Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. After installation of
the carpet, remove debris, scraps, and other foreign matter. Remove soiled
spots and adhesive from the face of the carpet with appropriate spot
remover. Cut off and remove protruding face yarn. Vacuum carpet clean with
a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtration vacuum.
3.5.2 Protection
Protect the installed carpet from soiling and damage with heavy, reinforced,
nonstaining kraft paper, plywood, or hardboard sheets. Lap and secure edges
of kraft paper protection to provide a continuous cover. Restrict traffic
for at least 48 hours. Remove protective covering when directed by the
Contracting Officer.
3.6 REMNANTS
Manage waste as specified in the Waste Management Plan. [Provide remnants
remaining from the installation, consisting of scrap pieces more than 600 mm
(2 feet) in dimension with more than 0.6 square meters (6 square feet) total
[to the Government] [to local non-profit such as Habitat for Humanity as
directed by the Government]]. [Set aside and return non-retained scraps to
manufacturer for recycling into new product] [Remove non-retained scraps
from site and recycle appropriately].
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 68 00 Page 20
3.7 MAINTENANCE
3.7.1 Extra Materials
Provide extra material from same dye lot consisting of [full width
continuous broadloom] [and] [uncut carpet tiles] for future maintenance.
Provide a minimum of [_____] percent of total square meters (square yards)
of each carpet type, pattern, and color.
3.7.2 Maintenance Service
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Maintenance agreements are standard practice
in the building industry. Under a green lease, when
the customer no longer requires the use of the
particular product or requires an updated model, the
manufacturer is obligated to reclaim it and refurbish
it or disassemble it for recycling as appropriate.
***************************************************************************
Collect information from the manufacturer about [maintenance agreement]
[green lease] options, and submit to Contracting Officer. Service must
reclaim materials for recycling and/or reuse. Service must not landfill or
burn reclaimed materials. When such a service is not available, seek local
recyclers to reclaim the materials. Submit documentation of manufacturer's
[maintenance agreement] [take-back program] [green lease] for carpet.
Include contact information, summary of procedures, and the limitations and
conditions applicable to the project. Indicate manufacturer's commitment to
reclaim materials for recycling and/or reuse.
-- End of Section --
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 1
***************************************************************************
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 84 20 (August 2016)
---------------------------
Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding
UFGS-09 83 13
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS
References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017
***************************************************************************
SECTION 09 84 20
ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS
08/16
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This guide specification covers the
requirements for fabric covered acoustical wall panel
systems.
Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing
this guide specification or preparing new project
specification sections. Edit this guide
specification for project specific requirements by
adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed
items, choose applicable item(s) or insert
appropriate information.
Remove information and requirements not required in
respective project, whether or not brackets are
present.
Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for
this guide specification are welcome and should be
submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).
***************************************************************************
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
***************************************************************************
NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the
publications cited in the text of the guide
specification. The publications are referred to in
the text by basic designation only and listed in this
paragraph by organization, designation, date, and
title.
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature
when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of
the Section's Reference Article to automatically
place the reference in the Reference Article. Also
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 2
use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to
update the issue dates.
References not used in the text will automatically be
deleted from this section of the project
specification when you choose to reconcile references
in the publish print process.
***************************************************************************
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS (AATCC)
AATCC 16 (2004; E 2008; E 2010) Colorfastness to Light
AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)
ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of
Sustainability 2015-2020
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C423 (2009a) Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption
Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method
ASTM D5034 (2009; R 2013) Breaking Strength and
Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test)
ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD (CARB)
CARB 93120 (2007) Airborne Toxic Control Measure (ATCM)
to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from
Composite Wood Products
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)
CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical
Emissions from Indoor Sources using
Environmental Chambers
CSA GROUP (CSA)
CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management
FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
Stewardship
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC)
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 3
ICC IBC (2015) International Building Code
PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)
PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of
Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements
SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)
SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,
Procedures and Guidance
1.2 SUBMITTALS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions
in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the
following list to reflect only the submittals
required for the project.
The Guide Specification technical editors have
designated those items that require Government
approval, due to their complexity or criticality,
with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be
reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.
Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is
sufficiently important or complex in context of the
project.
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army
projects, a code of up to three characters within the
submittal tags may be used following the "G"
designation to indicate the approving authority.
Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management
System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"
for District Office (Engineering Division or other
organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area
Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for
Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically
are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.
Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout
Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item
indicates that the submittal is required for the
Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally
mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force
and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed
item for Army projects.
***************************************************************************
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control
approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 4
Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability
eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Approved Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]
SD-03 Product Data
Installation
Acoustical Wall Panels; G[, [_____]]
SD-04 Samples
Acoustical Wall Panels; G[, [_____]]
SD-07 Certificates
Acoustical Wall Panels
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Recycled Content for Wood Panels; S
Recycled Content for Fabric Panels; S
Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; S
Indoor Air Quality for Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products; S
Warranty
[1.3 CERTIFICATIONS
1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes
from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and
thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection
of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife
habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of
water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,
replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party
certification audits performed by accredited
certification bodies; 3) Publicly available
certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder
involvement in a standards development process; 5)
Complaints and appeals process.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 5
Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition before specifying these sustainably
harvested wood certifications - if these conditions
are verified for the project locale, include the
following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete
certifications other than FSC; for all other projects
pursuing third-party certification allow the entire
list of third party certifications.
***************************************************************************
Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS
STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019s, or other third party program
certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of
Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying
organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with
chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood
certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.
Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.
[1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certification
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Include the following section when composite
wood or agrifiber products are included in project.
***************************************************************************
1.3.2.1 Composite Wood, Wood Structural Panel and Agrifiber Products
For purposes of this specification, composite wood and agrifiber products
include particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), wheatboard,
strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores. Products must contain no
added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products certified to meet
emissions requirements of either CARB 93120 or CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit
requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space
type). Provide current product certification documentation from
certification body.
]]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect materials delivered and placed in storage from the weather, humidity
and temperature variations, dirt, dust, or other contaminants.
1.5 WARRANTY
Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that
extend beyond a one year period.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA
For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by
performance criteria, provide and document the following:
2.1.1 Recycled Content for Acoustical Wall Panel Materials
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 6
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be
available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project
requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance
with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.
[2.1.2 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying these certifications.
***************************************************************************
Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this
section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed
in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;
identify those products that meet project requirements for certified
sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with
Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.
]2.1.3 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for
Products
Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide
documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING
paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC
content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced
VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).
2.12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
2.12.1 Design
Provide [wood][fabric wrapped mineral / glass-fiber core] acoustical wall
panel materials in the manufacturer's standard sizes and finishes of the
type, design and configuration indicated.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 7
[2.12.1.1 Wood Recycled Content
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must verify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Research shows wood panels are available among US
national manufacturers above the minimum recycled
content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers
and regions have higher percentages. Based on
research, insert desired minimum percentages into the
empty set of brackets.
***************************************************************************
Wood Panels must contain a minimum of [50][_____] percent recycled content,
as calculated by the sum of the percentage of pre-consumer and ½ the
percentage of post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying
percentage of recycled content for wood panels.
][2.12.1.2 Sustainably Harvested Wood
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where
suitable for application and cost effective.
Designer must verify suitability, availability within
the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate
competition before specifying this certification.
***************************************************************************
Wood Panels must contain a minimum of [50][_____] percent certified
sustainably harvested wood. Provide documentation that certified
sustainably harvested wood is used and identify percentage.
][2.12.1.3 Fabric Recycled Content
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,
calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-
consumer percentage content where appropriate for
use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability
within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate
competition (including verification of bracketed
percentages included in this guide specification)
before specifying product recycled content
requirements.
Based on research, recycled content percentages of
fabric panels varies among national manufacturers.
Designer must research acceptable products and insert
minimum percentage in the empty bracket below.
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 8
***************************************************************************
Fabric Panels must contain a minimum of [_____] percent recycled content, as
calculated by the sum of the percentage of pre-consumer and 1/2 the
percentage of post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying
percentage of recycled content for fabric panels.
Composite wood and agrifiber products must contain no added urea-
formaldehyde resins. Products containing composite wood and agrifiber
components must be certified to meet emissions requirements of either CARB
93120 or CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or
classroom spaces regardless of space type). Provide certification
validation of indoor air quality for composite wood and agrifiber products.
]2.23 FABRIC COVERED ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Drawings must show locations and dimensions of
acoustical panels, details of joints, base, head, and
mounting details.
The same or similar acoustical benefits can possibly
be obtained by other means such as wall covering,
etc.
Omit the following items that do not meet project
requirements.
***************************************************************************
Provide acoustical wall panels consisting of prefinished, factory assembled,
seamless fabric covered, fiber glass or mineral fiber core system as
described below manufactured to the dimensions and configurations shown on
the approved detail drawings; submit drawings showing plan locations,
elevations and details of method of anchorage, location of doors and other
openings, base detail and shape and thickness of materials. Perimeter edges
must be [non-reinforced.] [reinforced by either an aluminum frame or a
formulated resin edge hardener.] Acoustical wall panels installed in non-
sprinklered areas must comply with the requirements of ICC IBC, Standard 42-
2. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data and catalog cuts; fabric and
vinyl swatches, minimum 450 mm (18 inches) wide by 600 mm (24 inches) long
[3] [_____] samples of each color range specified; and certificates of
compliance from an independent laboratory accredited by the National
Laboratory Accreditation Program of the National Institute of Standards. A
label or listing from the testing laboratory will be acceptable evidence of
compliance. Wall panels must conform to the following:
2.23.1 Panel Width
[Widths must be [600] [750] [1200] [1500] mm ([24] [30] [48] [60] inches)]
[End panels may vary in width as necessary to cover wall] [Panel width must
be as detailed.]
2.23.2 Panel Height
[Heights must be [2400] [2700] [3000] mm ([96] [108] [120] inches).] [[Field
measures panels for custom fit to ceiling.] [Tolerance at floor as
detailed].] [Panel height must be as detailed.]
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 9
2.23.3 Thickness
[Panel thickness as required to meet the indicated NRC range] [_____].
2.23.4 Fabric Covering
Seamless [non-woven, embossed texture, needle punched 100 percent polyester,
minimum 0.034 kg/linear meter (11 ounces/linear yard). Tear strength a
minimum 110 N (25 pounds) machine direction and minimum 178 N (40 pounds)
cross-machine direction. Tensile strength a minimum 220 N (50 pounds)
machine direction and minimum 330 N (75 pounds) cross-machine direction in
accordance with ASTM D5034.] [plain woven 2-ply 100 percent polyester,
minimum 0.47 kg/linear meter (15 ounces/linear yard). Tear strength a
minimum 129 N (29 pounds). Tensile strength 667 N (150 pounds) minimum in
accordance with ASTM D5034.] [perforated vinyl covering with fabric backing,
minimum 0.62 kg/linear meter (20 ounces/linear yard) total weight.] Stretch
fabric covering free of wrinkles and then bond to the edges and back or bond
directly to the panel face, edges, and back of panel a minimum distance
standard with the manufacturer. Light fastness (fadeometer) approximately
40 hours in accordance with AATCC 16.
2.23.5 Fire Rating for the Complete Composite System
Class A, 200 or less smoke density and flame spread less than 25, when
tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
2.23.6 Substrate
Fiber glass or mineral fiber
2.23.7 Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) Range
[0.50-0.60] [0.80-0.90] [_____] ASTM C423
2.23.8 Edge Detail
[Half bevel] [Bevel] [Radius] [Square] [Mitered] [_____] edge with fabric
wrapped on all four sides.
2.23.9 Core Type
[Standard acoustical] [High impact acoustical] [Acoustical/tackable] [_____]
core
2.23.10 Mounting Acoustical Panels
Mount acoustical panels by manufacturer's standard [concealed spline]
[mechanical fasteners] [magnetic fasteners] [hook and loop] [adhesive
mounting] [_____].
2.34 COLOR
***************************************************************************
NOTE: Editing of color reference sentence(s) must be
coordinated with the Government. Generally Section
09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES or drawing is used
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2
Section 09 84 20 Page 10
when the project is designed by an Architect or
Interior designer. Select color from manufacturers
standard colors or identified as a manufacturers
color in this specification only when the project is
very simple and has minimal finishes.
When the Government directs that color be located in
the drawings add a note that states: "Where color is
shown as being specific to one manufacturer, an
equivalent color by another manufacturer may be
submitted for approval. Manufacturers and materials
specified are not intended to limit the selection of
equal colors from other manufacturers. The word
"color" as used herein includes surface color and
pattern."
Prior to specifying a custom color finish, research
to determine if additional cost and lead time is
feasible. Note there is often a minimum order
requirement; this requirement will also affect future
orders.
When a manufacturer's name, stock number, pattern,
and color is used, be certain that the product
conforms to this specification, as edited.
***************************************************************************
[In accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES] [As indicated]
[Selected from manufacturers standard colors] [[_____]. Color listed is not
intended to limit the selection of equal colors from other manufacturers.]
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
mustshall be clean, smooth, oil free and prepared in accordance with panel
manufacturer's instructions. Do not begin installation until all wet work,
such as, plastering, painting, and concrete are completely dry.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Panel installation must be by personnel familiar with and normally engaged
in installation of acoustical wall panels. Apply panels in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions. Submit manufacturer's
installation instructions and recommended cleaning instructions.
3.3 CLEANING
Following installation, clean dirty or stained panel surfaces in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions and leave free from defects. Remove and
replace panels that are damaged, discolored, or improperly installed.
-- End of Section --